20.01.2013 Views

Lifeline Ask-It Basket Questions and Answers - Overeaters Anonymous

Lifeline Ask-It Basket Questions and Answers - Overeaters Anonymous

Lifeline Ask-It Basket Questions and Answers - Overeaters Anonymous

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> <strong>Questions</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Answers</strong><br />

The following topics are addressed in the questions <strong>and</strong> answers below:<br />

ABSTINENCE—A DEFINITION OF ........................................................................................................1<br />

ABSTINENCE—AS PRIMARY PURPOSE .............................................................................................1<br />

ABSTINENCE—BACK TO BACK ...............................................................................................................2<br />

ABSTINENCE—CLAIMING WHILE GAINING WEIGHT ..............................................................3<br />

ABSTINENCE—MEANING OF “GOING TO ANY LENGTHS” .....................................................3<br />

ABSTINENCE—REPLACED AS TOOL BY PLAN OF EATING .....................................................4<br />

ABSTINENCE WITH PLAN OF EATING TOOL .................................................................................4<br />

ANONYMITY—AS TOOL ..............................................................................................................................5<br />

ANONYMITY—ADDRESSES/NAMES OF RETREAT PARTICIPANTS ...................................6<br />

ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS ........................................................................................................................7<br />

ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS AND VIDEO TAPES .............................................................................8<br />

ANONYMITY—LAST NAMES .....................................................................................................................9<br />

ANONYMITY—NAMES AND PHOTOS IN NEWSPAPERS ...........................................................9<br />

ANONYMITY—RELAPSE ...........................................................................................................................11<br />

ANONYMITY—TRADITION TWELVE ..................................................................................................12<br />

ANONYMITY—TRADITIONS ELEVEN AND TWELVE .................................................................13<br />

ANONYMITY—WHEN WRITING PROFESSIONALLY .................................................................13<br />

ANOREXIC AND TRADITION EIGHT .................................................................................................14<br />

ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—ANSWERED PERSONALLY? .................................................15<br />

ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—APPROPRIATE KINDS ............................................................16<br />

ATHEIST—SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE .................................................................................................16<br />

ATTRACTION ..................................................................................................................................................17<br />

BIRTHDAYS—FIRST DAY ABSTINENCE OR FIRST DAY ATTENDENCE .........................18<br />

BOARD OF TRUSTEES—ABOUT ............................................................................................................18<br />

BYLAWS—INTERGROUP’S NEED FOR ..............................................................................................19<br />

CHILDREN—AT MEETINGS OR BABYSITTING ............................................................................20<br />

CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES AND BREAKING SEVENTH TRADITION ..................20<br />

CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES/SEVENTH TRADITION/OTHER USE OF MONEY 21<br />

COMPULSIVE OVEREATER—RECOVERING OR RECOVERED ...............................................21<br />

CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE ....................................................................22<br />

CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE PAMPHLET ..........................................23<br />

i


CONFIDENTIALITY—FIFTH STEP .......................................................................................................23<br />

CONFRONTATION OF INTERGROUP PARTICIPANTS .............................................................24<br />

COPYRIGHT—GUIDELINES (SOME PARTS OUTDATED AS OF MAY 2001) .................25<br />

CROSS TALK—A DEFINITION ...............................................................................................................26<br />

CROSS TALK—FURTHER CLARIFICATION .....................................................................................27<br />

CROSS TALK—VERSUS DISCUSSION ...............................................................................................28<br />

CROSS TALK—VERSUS SHARING .......................................................................................................29<br />

DELEGATE—FUNDING ...............................................................................................................................30<br />

DELEGATE—REPORTS ...............................................................................................................................30<br />

EMAIL AT WORK ..........................................................................................................................................31<br />

ENTERTAINMENT COUPON BOOKS ...................................................................................................31<br />

EXERCISE .........................................................................................................................................................32<br />

GROUP CONSCIENCE—NEEDLEWORK .............................................................................................32<br />

GROUP CONSCIENCE—TRADITION ONE ........................................................................................33<br />

GROUPS—A DEFINITION ........................................................................................................................34<br />

HOW—ACTIONS IN AN AREA ...............................................................................................................34<br />

HOW—GROUPS AND FOOD PLANS ....................................................................................................35<br />

HOW—HOW CONCEPT AND TRADITIONS VIOLATIONS .......................................................36<br />

INTERGROUP SERVICES—SUPPORTED BY SEVENTH TRADITION .................................37<br />

JOURNALS AND DEATH ............................................................................................................................38<br />

LETTERS FORWARDED FROM WSO ...................................................................................................40<br />

LIFELINE IN TWELFTH-STEP WORK ................................................................................................41<br />

LITERATURE—APPROVAL AND TRADITION SIX .......................................................................41<br />

LITERATURE—COST OF OA’S “TWELVE AND TWELVE” .........................................................42<br />

LITERATURE—HOW DIFFERENT SYMPTOMS ARE ADDRESSED .......................................43<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND OUTSIDE ISSUES ...............................................44<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND TRADITION SIX ..................................................44<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: CITING IN MEETING .................................................45<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: OFFERING IN MEETINGS ........................................45<br />

LITERATURE—ORDERING FROM HAZELDEN ...............................................................................46<br />

LITERATURE—PAYING FOR PAMPHLETS AND SEVENTH TRADITION ..........................46<br />

LITERATURE—USE OF WORD “GOD” IN ........................................................................................47<br />

MAILING LISTS ............................................................................................................................................48<br />

MANDATE .........................................................................................................................................................48<br />

MEDICAL ADVICE/MEDICATION ........................................................................................................49<br />

ii


MEETING GUIDELINES .............................................................................................................................50<br />

MEETING RECORD .......................................................................................................................................50<br />

MEETINGS—ANNOUNCEMENTS ...........................................................................................................51<br />

MEETINGS—ANNOUNCING SOCIAL EVENTS ...............................................................................52<br />

MEETINGS—ATTENDANCE ......................................................................................................................53<br />

MEETINGS—BORED IN .............................................................................................................................54<br />

MEETINGS—CLOSING ...............................................................................................................................55<br />

MEETINGS—“DIGNITY OF CHOICE” FOCUS WITHOUT EXCLUDING MEMBERS .....55<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD AS TOPIC ................................................................................................................56<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS ..............................57<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS AND LIFELINE<br />

...............................................................................................................................................................................57<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD (REFRESHMENTS) AT MEETINGS .............................................................58<br />

MEETINGS—GRAY SHEET .......................................................................................................................59<br />

MEETINGS—HEALTHY OR STRONG? ................................................................................................60<br />

MEETINGS—READING FAX, EMAIL OR READING STORY FROM IG NEWSLETTER 61<br />

MEETINGS—REMOVING SPECIAL-INTEREST DESCRIPTORS FROM MEETINGS<br />

LIST .....................................................................................................................................................................61<br />

MEETINGS—RINGING CELL PHONES ...............................................................................................62<br />

MEETINGS—SHARING ..............................................................................................................................63<br />

MEETINGS—SHARING-REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED ..................................................................63<br />

MEETINGS—SHARING REQUIREMENTS VERSUS TRADITIONS .......................................64<br />

MEETINGS—SPECIAL INTEREST/FOCUS MEETINGS ..............................................................65<br />

MEETINGS—STARTING A NEW MEETING ......................................................................................65<br />

MEETINGS—STEERING COMMITTEES .............................................................................................66<br />

MEETINGS—THEATER-STYLE SEATING ..........................................................................................67<br />

MEETINGS—TIMEKEEPING ....................................................................................................................67<br />

MEMBERS—DIFFICULT AND/OR DISRUPTIVE ...........................................................................68<br />

MEMBERS—LONGTIMERS .......................................................................................................................69<br />

MEMBERS—NEGATIVE OA MEMBER OR DUMPING ..................................................................70<br />

MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—MEMBERSHIP DECLINE AND INTERGROUP SERVICE<br />

...............................................................................................................................................................................70<br />

MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—REASONS FOR MEMBERSHIP DECLINE ............................71<br />

MESSAGE OF OA—PRIMARY MESSAGE ...........................................................................................72<br />

MESSAGE OF OA—WHAT IS IT? ..........................................................................................................72<br />

NEWCOMERS—MEETING .........................................................................................................................73<br />

iii


NEWCOMERS—PACKETS ..........................................................................................................................73<br />

OTHER TWELVE-STEP PROGRAMS ....................................................................................................73<br />

OUTREACH—FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO NEW GROUPS ...........................................................74<br />

OUTREACH—TO GROUPS IN OUTLYING AREAS ........................................................................75<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—ANNOUNCING FUNCTION AT MEETING ...............................................75<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—NON-OA REQUESTS AT MEETINGS .........................................................76<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—RELIGION ..............................................................................................................77<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—TALKING IN MEETINGS ABOUT NON-OA ORGANIZATIONS ...77<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—TENANTS’ MEETING ........................................................................................79<br />

OUTSIDE OPINIONS ..................................................................................................................................79<br />

OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—IN GROUPS ....................................................................................................80<br />

OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—AT MARATHONS ..........................................................................................80<br />

PLAN OF EATING—PRESCRIBED ........................................................................................................81<br />

PHYSICAL RECOVERY— “RECOVERED” OVEREATER ..............................................................81<br />

PHYSICAL RECOVERY—WHY IT’S IMPORTANT .........................................................................82<br />

POLICY STATEMENTS ...............................................................................................................................82<br />

POWERLESS OVER FOOD BUT HAVE CONTROL .........................................................................83<br />

PRAYER—LORD’S PRAYER .....................................................................................................................84<br />

PRAYER—HP’S WILL, NOT SELF-WILL ............................................................................................85<br />

PRAYER—SERENITY PRAYER ...............................................................................................................85<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—ANONYMITY AND TRADITIONS ELEVEN AND TWELVE .86<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—CAMPAIGN ...............................................................................................87<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMIT TO MEMBERS ONLY AND ADVERTISE EVENTS TO<br />

PUBLIC ..............................................................................................................................................................88<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMITED BUDGET .................................................................................89<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—PHYSICAL RECOVERY REQUIREMENT .....................................90<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—PUBLIC AWARENESSS CAMPAIGN ............................................92<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—RADIO AND TV ANNOUNCEMENTS ............................................93<br />

SALES AT OA EVENTS ...............................................................................................................................93<br />

SERVICE—ABLE TO DO IF UNABLE TO ATTEND MEETINGS ...............................................94<br />

SERVICE—BURN OUT ................................................................................................................................95<br />

SERVICE—INVOLVING LONGTIMERS IN INTERGROUP ........................................................95<br />

SERVICE—POSITIONS AND LOSING ABSTINENCE .................................................................95<br />

SERVICE—POSITIONS REQUIREMENTS AND TRADITION THREE ..................................96<br />

SERVICE—ROTATION OF ........................................................................................................................96<br />

iv


SEVENTH TRADITION—ALLOCATION ..............................................................................................97<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS AND BABYSITTING .................98<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—CONTRIBUTIONS ....................................................................................99<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—FREE RENT ..................................................................................................99<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—MEETING IN HOME ...............................................................................100<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—PHOTOCOPYING ....................................................................................100<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT .......................................................................101<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT AND RIGHT TO KNOW ....................102<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—TWO DOLLAR DONATION .................................................................102<br />

SLIP VERSUS RELAPSE ..........................................................................................................................105<br />

SPEAKERS LIST ..........................................................................................................................................106<br />

SPIRITUALITY .............................................................................................................................................107<br />

SPLINTER GROUPS ...................................................................................................................................107<br />

SPONSORS—A DEFINITION OF .........................................................................................................108<br />

SPONSORS—ANONYMITY OF .............................................................................................................108<br />

SPONSORS—FOR YOUNG PEOPLE ...................................................................................................109<br />

SPONSORS—NEED FOR ..........................................................................................................................110<br />

SPONSORS—NOT ABSTINENT ............................................................................................................111<br />

SPONSORS—PREPARING TO BE ONE ............................................................................................112<br />

SPONSORS—PROPER ROLE .................................................................................................................112<br />

SPONSORS—SPONSORING OPPOSITE SEX AND THIRTEENTH STEPPING .............113<br />

SPONSORS—SPONSORS ONLINE .....................................................................................................114<br />

SPONSORS—TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS ABSTINENCE REQUIREMENT FOR<br />

SPONSORSHIP AND SERVICE ............................................................................................................114<br />

STEPS—CHANGE WORD “GOD” IN STEPS AND TRADITIONS .........................................115<br />

STEPS—CHANGE WORD “HE” TO “HE OR SHE” .......................................................................116<br />

STEPS—STEP PRINCIPLES ...................................................................................................................116<br />

STEPS—STEP-STUDY GROUP ..............................................................................................................117<br />

TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE ................................................................................................118<br />

THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—HOW TO CAUTION THEM .............................................................118<br />

THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—SPONSOR, SPONSOREE ................................................................119<br />

TOOLS—CREATION OF ...........................................................................................................................120<br />

TOOLS—PAMPHLET OUTDATED, REWRITTEN OR SHORTENED .....................................121<br />

TOOLS—USING OUTDATED PAMPHLET ........................................................................................121<br />

TRADITIONS—AND BYLAWS ..............................................................................................................122<br />

v


TRADITIONS—BREAKS OF DURING SHARES ............................................................................122<br />

TRADITIONS—PROTECTING ...............................................................................................................123<br />

TRADITIONS—TRADITION FOUR, AUTONOMY ........................................................................124<br />

WAYS AND MEANS ...................................................................................................................................125<br />

WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)— SUMMARY AND DELEGATES<br />

USE OF .............................................................................................................................................................125<br />

WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)—WHERE TO FIND REPORT 126<br />

WSO CORRESPONDENCE ......................................................................................................................126<br />

YOUNG PEOPLE ..........................................................................................................................................127<br />

vi


ABSTINENCE—A DEFINITION OF<br />

• At the 2002 World Service Business Conference (WSBC), our<br />

Fellowship revised the definition of abstinence. What is the full<br />

definition of abstinence? Why isn’t it included in the new<br />

Suggested Meeting Format, <strong>and</strong> when are we likely to see this<br />

definition included in our OA pamphlets?<br />

WSBC Policy 1988b said:<br />

“According to the dictionary, the word ‘abstain’ means to refrain<br />

from. Abstinence in <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is the action of refraining<br />

from compulsive eating.<br />

“Recovery is the result of living the <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Twelve-<br />

Step program.”<br />

WSBC 2002 amended the policy to read:<br />

“According to the dictionary, the word ‘abstain’ means to refrain<br />

from. Abstinence in <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is the action of refraining<br />

from compulsive eating.<br />

“Spiritual, emotional <strong>and</strong> physical recovery is the result of living the<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Twelve-Step program.”<br />

Abstinence is <strong>and</strong> always has been “the action of refraining from<br />

compulsive eating.” The only change to the policy was the addition of the<br />

words “spiritual, emotional <strong>and</strong> physical” to the beginning of the second<br />

sentence. This doesn’t change the definition of abstinence; it emphasizes<br />

that abstinence is more than physical recovery. Recovery on all levels<br />

comes through the Twelve Steps. (WSBC 1991c says that compulsive<br />

eating <strong>and</strong> compulsive overeating can be used interchangeably; changing<br />

“overeating” to “eating” doesn’t change the definition of abstinence.)<br />

The literature hasn’t changed because the definition did not change.<br />

The Suggested Meeting Format will be reviewed this spring, <strong>and</strong> we will<br />

consider this <strong>and</strong> other suggestions.<br />

— February 2004<br />

ABSTINENCE—AS PRIMARY PURPOSE<br />

• How will newcomers <strong>and</strong> members of my meeting know that<br />

abstinence is still OA’s primary purpose?<br />

If you are concerned that this message is not being conveyed at<br />

your meeting, perhaps you might want to look at your meeting format.<br />

Does your group read the OA Preamble? Do your topics <strong>and</strong> shares<br />

emphasize abstinence from compulsive overeating by using our Twelve-<br />

Step program of recovery? Do members discuss the importance of their<br />

abstinence <strong>and</strong> how they maintain physical, emotional <strong>and</strong> spiritual<br />

recovery? From our experience, groups have found the above actions do<br />

relay the message of our primary purpose. As a group member, you may<br />

1


want to request a business meeting to discuss your concerns with the rest<br />

of your group. Hopefully, you will find that others also share your<br />

concern, <strong>and</strong> working together you will find the solution that works best<br />

for your group through its group conscience.<br />

— October 1995, reprinted from <strong>Lifeline</strong>, October 1995<br />

ABSTINENCE—BACK TO BACK<br />

• What is “back-to-back abstinence”? Does it mean no slips of any<br />

kind?<br />

Some OA members use the phrase “back-to-back abstinence” to<br />

describe the length of time in which they have not deviated from their<br />

food plans, or have remained abstinent without a slip. Another<br />

interpretation of back-to-back abstinence is continuous abstinence. A<br />

member’s food plan or plan of eating may change, but the member<br />

remains abstinent.<br />

— August 2001<br />

• What is “back-to-back abstinence”? Are there degrees of<br />

abstinence in OA? I hear the term “squeaky-clean abstinence.” In<br />

AA I don’t think one would hear that someone could touch a drop<br />

of alcohol <strong>and</strong> still be abstinent. In OA, shouldn’t it be that one is<br />

either abstinent or not? What makes a slip different from a break<br />

in abstinence? I sometimes feel that some in OA consider an<br />

occasional use of a binge food as merely a “slip.”<br />

The term “back-to-back abstinence” refers to the successive period<br />

of time one has refrained from compulsive eating. Logically one could<br />

conclude that as recovering OA members, we are either abstinent or not,<br />

either eating compulsively or not. OA’s primary purpose in part reads, “to<br />

abstain from compulsive overeating.” To abstain means to refrain from<br />

something regarded as improper or unhealthy. If one is abstaining, he or<br />

she is refraining from unhealthy food practices, period. “Squeaky-clean<br />

abstinence” does not seem to enter the equation; nor can the degree of<br />

abstinence be left up to the interpretation of those who may decide to use<br />

the term. This term might be better applied to members’ plans of eating<br />

<strong>and</strong> to how closely members follow those plans.<br />

We can <strong>and</strong> do identify with the recovering alcoholic who lives in<br />

sobriety <strong>and</strong> remains sober by way of the Twelve-Step recovery program.<br />

The key word is “identify.” We serve ourselves better by not comparing<br />

how maintaining abstinence may or may not be similar to remaining<br />

sober.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is plausible to describe a slip as making a mistake or erring in<br />

judgment regarding food <strong>and</strong> food-related issues. A slip is a temporary<br />

state. Returning to healthy food practices comes almost immediately,<br />

avoiding a prolonged period of a relapse—a return of a disease or illness<br />

2


after partial recovery from it. If we’ve slipped, we are not refraining; if we<br />

are not refraining, we are not abstinent. Others might have a different<br />

interpretation. Exploring different viewpoints can be instructive <strong>and</strong><br />

conducive to OA unity through diversity. Above all, don’t quit trying!<br />

The January 13 meditation in For Today reads, “If I slip, I will try<br />

again. Practice makes perfect, <strong>and</strong> I expect to practice abstinence until I<br />

‘get it.’ What is the alternative?” (p. 13). Page 6 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> says, “Denial of the truth<br />

leads to destruction.” Voices of Recovery, page 357, states, “My<br />

compulsion to overeat is cunning, baffling, powerful—<strong>and</strong> patient. If I am<br />

wanting to eat inappropriately or to overeat, it will do me no good to<br />

deny to myself what’s going on or seek to hide it from others. That kind<br />

of egotistical pride will surely lead to relapse.”<br />

Focusing on OA’s primary purpose to abstain from compulsive<br />

overeating <strong>and</strong> to carry this message of recovery to those who still suffer<br />

will keep us on the road of recovery— working <strong>and</strong> living the program to<br />

the best of our ability—<strong>and</strong> in harmony with our fellow travelers.<br />

— September/October 2006<br />

ABSTINENCE—CLAIMING WHILE GAINING WEIGHT<br />

• How can people claim to be abstinent while gaining weight? I<br />

cannot compute that a person can gain weight without<br />

overeating. When my brother died, I relapsed but never picked up<br />

flour or sugar. To stuff back feelings, I binged on more food than I<br />

needed. I did not call myself abstinent.<br />

This is an interesting question <strong>and</strong> quite controversial. <strong>It</strong>’s possible<br />

that an OA member is on medication that causes weight gain. <strong>It</strong>’s<br />

possible that a member was previously underweight <strong>and</strong> needs to gain<br />

weight. <strong>It</strong>’s also possible that a member is eating too much <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

gaining weight.<br />

Speaking to someone when you notice a weight gain can cause<br />

much fear: the member may be embarrassed, hurt or angry—or all three.<br />

All we have to offer is our experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope. You could<br />

relate your own experience of gaining weight by eating too much, but still<br />

abstaining from trigger foods.<br />

You may be right or wrong about the other member. Be open to<br />

either possibility. Take the chance; another member’s life could be at<br />

stake.<br />

— February 2007<br />

ABSTINENCE—MEANING OF “GOING TO ANY LENGTHS”<br />

3


• What does “going to any lengths in keeping my abstinence”<br />

mean?<br />

<strong>It</strong> means doing whatever you need to do to not eat compulsively.<br />

This may mean staying away from dangerous places if you are not in a fit<br />

spiritual condition. <strong>It</strong> may mean accepting the conviction that there are<br />

no excuses for not keeping your abstinence. In other words, no matter<br />

what the situation may be, there is no possible reason to overeat.<br />

Most members have found that it means using OA’s Twelve Steps<br />

<strong>and</strong> the tools of the program instead of taking that first compulsive bite.<br />

Making more phone calls, sponsoring <strong>and</strong> being sponsored, going to more<br />

meetings or doing more service are some things members do to remain<br />

abstinent <strong>and</strong> in recovery.<br />

Going to any lengths also means making abstinence a priority. <strong>It</strong> is<br />

up to you to decide how far you need to go to maintain your abstinence.<br />

— April 2003<br />

ABSTINENCE—REPLACED AS TOOL BY PLAN OF EATING<br />

• The 1995 World Service Business Conference elevated<br />

abstinence to emphasize it as our primary purpose <strong>and</strong> added a<br />

new tool to replace it . . . “A Plan of Eating.” Our meeting<br />

regularly reads <strong>and</strong> shares on the eight tools as listed in the Tools<br />

of Recovery pamphlet. What should we do until the Tools of<br />

Recovery pamphlet is revised? Should we stop reading the tools<br />

or continue as we have been doing?<br />

This is really a group conscience decision. Some groups may decide<br />

to continue reading the tool of abstinence. Others may decide to stop<br />

reading the tool <strong>and</strong> simply share on how a plan of eating has aided their<br />

recovery. If your group elects this latter option, we strongly suggest<br />

adding a reminder that OA as a Fellowship does not endorse or distribute<br />

any specific food plan. Another option is to read from our OA pamphlet, A<br />

Commitment to Abstinence. This pamphlet describes the term<br />

“abstinence” <strong>and</strong> discusses various actions to help achieve personal<br />

abstinence, including developing an eating plan.<br />

Whatever your group decides, we ask for your patience while the<br />

Conference Literature Committee revises our pamphlet. They are working<br />

diligently to have it ready for a group conscience vote at the 1996 World<br />

Service Business Conference.<br />

— October 1995<br />

ABSTINENCE WITH PLAN OF EATING TOOL<br />

• If an OA meeting continues to use abstinence instead of a plan<br />

of eating as a tool, is it breaking OA Traditions?<br />

4


In 1995, the World Service Business Conference voted “to remove<br />

abstinence as a tool <strong>and</strong> replace it with a ‘plan of eating,’ leaving<br />

abstinence as our primary purpose as outlined in the OA Preamble: ‘Our<br />

primary purpose is to abstain from compulsive overeating <strong>and</strong> carry the<br />

message of recovery to those who still suffer’” (Continuing Effect Motion<br />

1995b).<br />

Therefore, a meeting that continues to use abstinence rather than a<br />

plan of eating as a tool is breaking OA Traditions. Tradition Four gives<br />

each group autonomy “except in matters affecting other groups or OA as<br />

a whole.” However, changing the tools is beyond the scope of that<br />

Tradition <strong>and</strong> Tradition Two, <strong>and</strong> does affect OA as a whole because the<br />

World Service Business Conference represents the collective group<br />

conscience of OA. Using abstinence as a tool also treads on Tradition One<br />

by putting OA unity in jeopardy.<br />

— June 2000<br />

ANONYMITY—AS TOOL<br />

• I have wondered for many years about anonymity’s role as a<br />

tool of recovery. I underst<strong>and</strong> it as the spiritual foundation of our<br />

Fellowship, but I’m not sure how to use it on a daily basis.<br />

To be anonymous in OA means to be one among many, to accept<br />

ourselves as no better or worse than our fellows. This acceptance places<br />

us in a state of humility. <strong>It</strong> makes us teachable.<br />

“Anonymity—the feeling that ‘I am nothing special’—is of<br />

tremendous value in maintaining abstinence. <strong>It</strong> fosters humility <strong>and</strong> thus<br />

guards against reemergence of that blind self-will that leads to the<br />

compulsion to overeat” (Anonymity, OA booklet).<br />

Anonymity not only gives us privacy <strong>and</strong> builds trust within our<br />

groups, it does something much more; it enables us to get away from the<br />

black-<strong>and</strong>-white thinking that we are very bad or very good. All of us in<br />

OA must embrace the idea that we are working our program to the best<br />

of our ability with no expectations of being put down or exalted.<br />

As a tool, anonymity can eliminate all sorts of “stinking thinking”<br />

that comes about when we insist on comparing ourselves to others, or<br />

when our egos insist we take charge. Protecting the rights <strong>and</strong> boundaries<br />

of all members in OA, we learn that we also have the right to privacy <strong>and</strong><br />

can begin to set up our own boundaries for peace of mind <strong>and</strong> recovery.<br />

In this manner, the tool of anonymity, like the tool of abstinence,<br />

frees us from ego, fear <strong>and</strong> exposure, <strong>and</strong> allows us to keep our focus on<br />

ourselves. We are free to experience this program in a manner suited to<br />

our own personal recovery without fear of criticism, judgment or ego.<br />

5


That, in fact, is the key to finding success in OA. Rather than<br />

relying on individual members of OA, we rely on a Higher Power to<br />

overcome this disease.<br />

Further readings on anonymity as a tool <strong>and</strong> as a Tradition: OA<br />

“Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve,” pages 199 to 207; AA Big Book, pages 567 <strong>and</strong><br />

568; <strong>Lifeline</strong> Sampler, pages 84 <strong>and</strong> 85, 95 <strong>and</strong> 96; AA “Twelve <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve,” pages 184 to 187; OA pamphlet The Tools of Recovery; AA<br />

pamphlet Underst<strong>and</strong>ing Anonymity.<br />

— February 1999<br />

ANONYMITY—ADDRESSES/NAMES OF RETREAT PARTICIPANTS<br />

• Is it a break of anonymity to use names <strong>and</strong> addresses of<br />

retreat participants to send them notices of future retreats or to<br />

ask for their ideas about future events?<br />

<strong>It</strong> is not a break of anonymity to send retreat notices to past<br />

attendees or to request information from them. We may use our full<br />

names <strong>and</strong> addresses within our OA service bodies to enhance our ability<br />

to carry the OA message to other compulsive overeaters. The Traditions<br />

stress protecting anonymity more at the public level than within OA.<br />

— August 2004<br />

ANONYMITY—BADGES<br />

• When attending an OA event in a hotel, how do we h<strong>and</strong>le<br />

inquiries from non-OAers without breaking the anonymity of other<br />

OA members who are wearing similar OA badges <strong>and</strong> who do not<br />

wish to make their OA affiliation known?<br />

Keep it simple. OA event planners should design plain badges that<br />

protect the anonymity of OA; the badge might indicate only “Region 5” or<br />

perhaps the OA logo. To avoid any inquiries from non-OAers wondering<br />

about your badge, remove the badge before leaving the meeting room,<br />

particularly when going out to eat. If your badge sparks an inquiry, or if a<br />

non-OAer simply asks about your event or affiliation, you might respond<br />

that you are here with a not-for-profit organization, or that you are<br />

attending a workshop or seminar, <strong>and</strong> leave it at that. If the questioner<br />

persists, you might restate your first answer <strong>and</strong> add whatever you<br />

choose to share.<br />

— March 1999<br />

ANONYMITY—CARRYING THE MESSAGE<br />

• Recently, I was at a restaurant with other OA members after a<br />

meeting. Responding to our waiter’s interest in our discussion<br />

6


about recovery, I informed him we belonged to OA. One of the<br />

members strongly objected to what I had done, claiming I had<br />

broken her anonymity. I underst<strong>and</strong> her complaint, but I was<br />

attempting to carry the OA message. Was it wrong to identify the<br />

others, even though I was helping another compulsive overeater?<br />

“Carrying the message” is a vital element of the OA program on<br />

both the individual <strong>and</strong> group levels—the Twelfth Step <strong>and</strong> Fifth Tradition<br />

attest to that. Many OAers believe it’s their duty to share their OA<br />

recovery, a belief encapsulated by the OA Responsibility Pledge: “Always<br />

to extend the h<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> heart of OA to all who share my compulsion; for<br />

this, I am responsible.”<br />

Yet carrying the message should not come at the expense of<br />

another member’s right to the anonymity guaranteed by the Twelfth<br />

Tradition. As written on page 200 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, “When we all respect the anonymity<br />

of others, we can trust that nobody outside these rooms will know we’re<br />

coming to OA unless we tell them ourselves.” Disclosing someone’s<br />

membership in OA, even in our effort to share experience, strength <strong>and</strong><br />

hope, threatens a member’s trust in the safety of OA’s rooms. In order to<br />

protect that security, we must allow all members to choose not only when<br />

or where they will reveal their membership on the private level, but also<br />

how they will carry the message.<br />

— March 1994<br />

ANONYMITY—CROSS TALK<br />

• If a member, “Sue,” shares in a meeting <strong>and</strong> another attendee<br />

comments that what Sue said reminded her of something, has<br />

Sue’s anonymity been broken?<br />

<strong>It</strong> would be a break of anonymity if someone shared outside of the<br />

OA meeting that Sue was at the meeting, <strong>and</strong> if the person discussed<br />

what Sue shared. In the situation presented here, anonymity is not an<br />

issue because Sue identified herself <strong>and</strong> everyone in the meeting heard<br />

what she shared. The issue is really cross talk.<br />

— August 1999<br />

ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS<br />

• Is it okay to take photos of people at OA events, such as<br />

conventions? What precautions should we take to preserve<br />

anonymity?<br />

The Policy Statement on Anonymity adopted by delegates at the<br />

1980 World Service Conference states:<br />

7


“Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of our program, always<br />

ensuring principles before personalities. This means that OA itself is not<br />

anonymous but its members are. There are no exceptions. While OA may<br />

be publicized, we do not break our individual anonymity at the level of<br />

press, radio, films <strong>and</strong> television; <strong>and</strong> the recognizable facial exposure of<br />

persons identifying as OA members at the level of press, films <strong>and</strong><br />

television is a violation of our Tradition of anonymity, even though the<br />

first name only is given, or the entire name is withheld.”<br />

If your question refers to individual OA members taking snapshots<br />

of OA friends at an OA event, such as a convention—with their<br />

permission—there seems to be no harm, providing the photographs are<br />

for the personal enjoyment of the OA member taking the photos <strong>and</strong> the<br />

photos will not be used in any way for publicity purposes or to identify<br />

anyone as an OA member.<br />

Anonymity is a matter of individual conscience. The only precaution<br />

we can take is to make certain we explain the concept <strong>and</strong> importance of<br />

anonymity to all members in the taking of a group conscience. For further<br />

discussion of anonymity, see pages 199 to 202 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

— June 2002<br />

ANONYMITY—IN PHOTOS AND VIDEO TAPES<br />

• Case 1: At our last convention, a member took photographs of<br />

other OA members, some with consent <strong>and</strong> some without. We had<br />

quite a debate at our next intergroup meeting over members’<br />

personal anonymity. How would you h<strong>and</strong>le this situation?<br />

• Case 2: I attended a marathon at which the speaker was<br />

videotaped, with the speaker’s permission. Some people felt that<br />

videotaping is a violation of the Traditions. Is it?<br />

Twelfth Tradition states, "Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of all<br />

these Traditions, ever reminding us to place principles before<br />

personalities.” Eleventh Tradition states, “Our public relations policy is<br />

based on attraction rather than promotion; we need always maintain<br />

personal anonymity at the level of press, radio, films, television, <strong>and</strong><br />

other public media of communication.”<br />

Anonymity starts when we first walk in the door as newcomers. At<br />

that point, many of us may feel ashamed. Almost all of us feel alone <strong>and</strong><br />

frightened. Here, at OA, our Fellowship is a safe haven. The trust, the<br />

safety, <strong>and</strong> our personal anonymity should not be broken by any OA<br />

member—no matter what, or how innocent, the reason. <strong>It</strong> is up to each<br />

individual member to decide where <strong>and</strong> to whom membership in<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> will be divulged.<br />

8


If this newfound trust is destroyed, no matter how innocently, a<br />

member may feel worse off than before coming to OA. And then, where<br />

can a fellow compulsive overeater go? Personal privacy must not be lost.<br />

In case 1: A photographer should obtain consent whenever<br />

possible, especially in OA. Such photographs may be used for archival<br />

purposes only <strong>and</strong> with everyone’s consent. In any other case, members<br />

must be shown only from the back, in other words, with no frontal facial<br />

exposure.<br />

In case 2: Is the speaker an OA member, <strong>and</strong> was it explained how<br />

this tape would be used? <strong>It</strong> is recommended that it only be used for<br />

archival purposes within your OA group. Normally, it is recommended<br />

that a video recording not be done at any meeting or any other OA event.<br />

— November 1994<br />

ANONYMITY—LAST NAMES<br />

• When is it okay to use my last name?<br />

Tradition Eleven describes the level at which it is not okay to use a<br />

last name: “We need always maintain personal anonymity at the level of<br />

press, radio, films, television <strong>and</strong> other public media of communication”<br />

(emphasis added). The misconception is that our Tradition of anonymity<br />

means we cannot use our last names under any circumstances. Can you<br />

imagine going to the hospital to see Mary without knowing her last name?<br />

Or attempting to check into a hotel at an OA event when you are rooming<br />

with Susan, <strong>and</strong> the reservation is in her name? Or trying to find<br />

Howard’s address, which you’ve misplaced, so you can mail him<br />

information you promised to send.<br />

We can use our last names within the Fellowship—for example,<br />

when registering for an event, subscribing to a newsletter or signing the<br />

meeting record book—or we can choose not to if we wish to protect our<br />

anonymity. Members in service positions usually find it convenient to use<br />

their last names to facilitate mailings <strong>and</strong> help other members contact<br />

them. However, because the Twelfth Tradition guarantees each member’s<br />

right to anonymity, it is important to ask permission before giving out<br />

another member’s last name.<br />

Common sense prevails. Will using my last name help me carry the<br />

message to another compulsive overeater, extend help to a member or<br />

ease communication within the organization? If the answer to any of<br />

these is yes, then it is permissible.<br />

— November 2002<br />

ANONYMITY—NAMES AND PHOTOS IN NEWSPAPERS<br />

9


• Why can’t I tell my story to a newspaper using my name <strong>and</strong><br />

photos to show how OA has worked for me? <strong>It</strong> might help<br />

someone get well.<br />

OA’s Eleventh Tradition states: “Our public relations policy is based<br />

on attraction rather than promotion; we need always maintain personal<br />

anonymity at the level of press, radio, films, television <strong>and</strong> other public<br />

media of communication.”<br />

As it says in the description of Tradition Eleven in The Twelve Steps<br />

<strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>: “OA is a spiritual<br />

program. When one person assumes the role of an OA spokesperson, his<br />

or her action poses problems of a spiritual nature for the individual <strong>and</strong><br />

the OA Fellowship” (pp. 195-196).<br />

While OA itself might help someone get well, the Fellowship is<br />

responsible, not an individual. We want to do everything we can to tell<br />

people about OA; however, it is not necessary <strong>and</strong> is against our<br />

Traditions to promote ourselves.<br />

Another reason not to reveal one’s identity is that if the person<br />

shown in public as a recovering OA member then has difficulty, people<br />

might think that OA doesn’t work. Why is your last name or photograph<br />

necessary? You can show before-<strong>and</strong>-after body photos that would not<br />

reveal your identity. You can tell your story <strong>and</strong> describe how much OA<br />

has helped you to recover from compulsive overeating. You can give<br />

meeting information, World Service Office information, intergroup<br />

information <strong>and</strong> any other information that would help potential OA<br />

members.<br />

Remember what it says in our policy statement on anonymity,<br />

which was adopted by the delegates at the 1980 World Service Business<br />

Conference:<br />

“Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of our program, always<br />

ensuring principles before personalities. This means that OA itself is not<br />

anonymous, but its members are. There are no exceptions. While OA may<br />

be publicized, we do not break our individual anonymity at the level of<br />

press, radio, films <strong>and</strong> television; <strong>and</strong> the recognizable facial exposure of<br />

persons identifying as OA members at the level of press, films <strong>and</strong><br />

television is a violation of our Tradition of anonymity even though the first<br />

name only is given or the entire name is withheld.”<br />

This quotation is from the Public Information Service Manual that is<br />

available from the World Service Office. The “PI Manual” is highly<br />

recommended for use by anyone who needs help with PI of any kind. This<br />

resource includes the who, what, where, when <strong>and</strong> why of public<br />

information.<br />

— July 2003<br />

ANONYMITY—NAMES IN INTERGROUP NEWSLETTERS<br />

10


• Is the use of last names in intergroup newsletters a break of<br />

Tradition Twelve?<br />

This question addresses two facets of Tradition Twelve: when is it<br />

permissible to disclose a member’s full identity inside <strong>and</strong> outside the OA<br />

Fellowship?<br />

<strong>It</strong> is not a break of anonymity for a person to use his or her full<br />

name within the Fellowship. In all instances, however, the question<br />

should be asked: what is the need for doing it? In keeping with Tradition<br />

Twelve’s driving concept of principles before personalities, few situations<br />

may exist where disclosure of a member’s full name in publication is an<br />

absolute necessity. One example might be registration for special events.<br />

Even here, the member’s first name, initial of last name, mailing address<br />

<strong>and</strong> phone number would suffice.<br />

Consider also whether non-OAers will see the publication<br />

containing the full name of an OA member. Under the provisions of<br />

Tradition Twelve, an OA member’s identity may not be disclosed outside<br />

the Fellowship. An intergroup newsletter or a promotional flyer might be<br />

posted at a Twelve-Step clubhouse or other meeting facility where non-<br />

OAers are present. The publication might be left inadvertently in a public<br />

place or in an area of the household where other non-OA family members<br />

might view it. Since these are all possibilities, full names of OA members<br />

should not be printed in an OA publication, including newsletters <strong>and</strong><br />

promotional flyers.<br />

For a fuller discussion of these issues, please read Tradition Twelve<br />

in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

the OA pamphlet Anonymity.<br />

— December 1998<br />

ANONYMITY—RELAPSE<br />

• The OA pamphlet The Tools of Recovery says that “it is not a<br />

break of anonymity to enlist Twelfth-Step help for group members<br />

in trouble, provided we are careful to refrain from discussing any<br />

personal information.” Where is the fine line between breaking<br />

someone’s anonymity <strong>and</strong> doing Twelfth-Step work with an OAer<br />

in relapse?<br />

<strong>It</strong> may sound contradictory to encourage OA members to try to<br />

carry the message to OAers in relapse while not “discussing any personal<br />

information.” <strong>It</strong> can be done, however. If we find out another member is<br />

in relapse, we have several options.<br />

First, we can always pray for guidance, for the right situation to<br />

present itself in which we might approach our friend with an offer of help,<br />

encouragement, support or guidance through the Steps. Such a prayer<br />

11


might precipitate an attitude of true service, rather than one of<br />

attempting to fix, manipulate or change someone else.<br />

Second, we can talk with our sponsor, without revealing the identity<br />

of the relapsing member, about our desire to be of the utmost service in<br />

the situation. Sincerely soliciting points of view other than our own can<br />

open us to our inner wisdom as little else can. <strong>It</strong> is crucial, though, that<br />

we protect the anonymity of the friend in question at all costs. Such a<br />

session could easily turn from one of service to gossip.<br />

After doing these two things, we can invite the member for coffee,<br />

make a phone call or write a brief letter expressing our caring <strong>and</strong><br />

willingness to help. <strong>It</strong>’s important here, though, to back off if the recipient<br />

of the kindness does not want it. Someone who is not ready just is not<br />

ready. If we come on too strongly, we could sour the person on OA<br />

forever.<br />

Anonymity, as one of the tools of the program, safeguards our unity<br />

as a Fellowship. Gossip <strong>and</strong> taking inventory of other members weakens<br />

our ability to carry the message—as a Fellowship <strong>and</strong> individuals. We<br />

must not let “anonymity” prevent us from taking action when it is<br />

appropriate <strong>and</strong> needed.<br />

— October 1997<br />

ANONYMITY—TRADITION TWELVE<br />

• Recently, I announced that a friend was home for six weeks<br />

recuperating from surgery <strong>and</strong> that she could use some calls. I<br />

didn’t say what illness she had, what her last name was or where<br />

she lived. But she felt I had revealed too much personal<br />

information <strong>and</strong> had thus violated the Twelfth Tradition. Did I?<br />

OA’s Tools of Recovery pamphlet states that “it is not a break of<br />

anonymity to enlist Twelfth-Step help for group members in trouble,<br />

provided we are careful to refrain from discussing any specific personal<br />

information.” However, convalescing may not be the same as “in trouble.”<br />

While your intentions were good in terms of wanting to offer group love<br />

<strong>and</strong> support, the woman you were trying to help interpreted your<br />

intentions as too revealing.<br />

Is it possible that the surgery might have been of a personal or<br />

private nature? Perhaps announcing that a person needs calls would<br />

result in a lot of unwanted phone calls or visitors at a time when that<br />

could be upsetting or even hinder recovery.<br />

There is no official OA policy addressing your question. However,<br />

one suggestion that works well in such a situation is to first ask the<br />

person if such information may be disclosed to the group. Let the person<br />

decide whether he or she wishes calls, cards or visits; then you can<br />

confidently take the person’s wishes to the group.<br />

12


— September 1995<br />

ANONYMITY—TRADITIONS ELEVEN AND TWELVE<br />

• After OA meetings, I’ve discussed seemingly confidential details<br />

about others. Even if they don’t refer to the person by name, his<br />

or her identity may be clear. What can you tell me about<br />

anonymity <strong>and</strong> confidentiality within the Fellowship?<br />

Anonymity is a treasured Tradition as well as a tool of the program.<br />

At the group level, anonymity assures us that only we as individual OA<br />

members have the right to make our membership known. Ideally, it also<br />

insures that everyone present at meetings can divulge personal<br />

experiences, knowing that the information remains in the confines of the<br />

room, <strong>and</strong> is not discussed among the members present.<br />

In the publication Anonymity: The meaning <strong>and</strong> applications of<br />

Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve, OA’s founder writes, “Early in our OA lives<br />

we learn that, on a private level, we may tell anyone anything we wish<br />

about ourselves, including the fact that we are OA members; but the right<br />

to discuss other members within or outside OA is not ours.”<br />

Of course, there is no way to guarantee that every OA member<br />

honors this code. And at times, members may talk about others, unaware<br />

that they are breaking anonymity. As individual OAers, it’s important to<br />

remind one another of the protection that anonymity provides.<br />

— May 1993, reprinted from WSO Notebook, November/December<br />

1988<br />

ANONYMITY—WHEN WRITING PROFESSIONALLY<br />

• I am a creative writer <strong>and</strong> OA member. In writing a personal<br />

memoir, I have not mentioned OA, saying only a Twelve-Step<br />

fellowship has helped me recover from compulsive eating. Is this<br />

a violation of Traditions? What guidelines ensure I do not violate<br />

Traditions within my creative expression?<br />

“When we maintain our tradition of anonymity we ensure that<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> will remain a spiritual Fellowship, supporting all of<br />

us in our recovery” (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, p. 198).<br />

Remembering that anonymity is a matter of personal conscience,<br />

let’s assume you’re reading a personal memoir about an alcoholic, for<br />

example. The text does not mention AA but refers to a Twelve-Step<br />

fellowship that helped him recover from alcoholism. What fellowship<br />

would spring to mind?<br />

Even such general details as “a Twelve-Step fellowship” that has<br />

helped you “recover from compulsive eating” will probably cause readers<br />

13


to make the OA link without mentioning OA by name <strong>and</strong> in spite of<br />

existing “sister fellowships.”<br />

What does our literature say?<br />

“In keeping the Eleventh Tradition, those of us who write books . . .<br />

have two options. We can avoid calling ourselves OA members (even if<br />

we say we are compulsive eaters). Then we are free to use our full names<br />

. . . Here the emphasis is on the individual, <strong>and</strong> we are not connected<br />

publicly with the OA program. Our other option is to go ahead <strong>and</strong><br />

identify ourselves as OA members. When we do this, we make sure our<br />

faces are not shown <strong>and</strong> our last names are not used. When we are<br />

careful to respect the Eleventh Tradition in this way, the emphasis<br />

remains on OA, rather than on ourselves. When we ourselves write about<br />

our OA membership . . . in books, we do not use our full first <strong>and</strong> last<br />

names” (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, pp. 194–195).<br />

What you suggest would not violate the Eleventh Tradition, but it<br />

might be advisable to refer to “a support group,” a more general term<br />

than “a Twelve-Step fellowship.” And you might refer to the underlying<br />

Step principles <strong>and</strong> not the specific Steps (e.g., Step One).<br />

Another possibility would be to use your first name only. This might<br />

allow greater freedom in sharing your recovery as an OA member.<br />

The following literature contains guidelines to ensure your creative<br />

expression does not violate Traditions:<br />

1. The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

2. Anonymity: The Meaning <strong>and</strong> Applications of Traditions Eleven<br />

<strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

3. The OA Web site (www.oa.org), <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> Archives, under<br />

the heading “Anonymity”<br />

4. OA’s Public Information Service Manual, which provides<br />

guidelines for dealing with the media<br />

The comments above address your question, but also keep in mind<br />

that making money from writing or speaking about OA activities is a<br />

violation of Tradition Eight. The foundation of OA is sharing experience,<br />

strength <strong>and</strong> hope, with no strings attached. OA members are<br />

nonprofessionals. All have an equal opportunity to share in doing service.<br />

Any activity that “carries the message” is Twelfth-Step work <strong>and</strong> must be<br />

free from the dollar motive.<br />

— July 2007<br />

ANOREXIC AND TRADITION EIGHT<br />

• While at an OA-sponsored retreat, several members approached<br />

my sponsoree to say that they thought she was anorexic. I<br />

14


eceived a phone call from my very distraught sponsoree. She was<br />

tempted not to come back to OA but decided to stay because she<br />

needs the program.<br />

The Eighth Tradition reminds me that I am not qualified to<br />

give medical, nutritional or psychological advice.<br />

My sponsoree is attending meetings on a regular basis, calls<br />

in her food plan, is seeking professional advice <strong>and</strong> is working the<br />

program as best she can. This woman is tired of people<br />

commenting on her thinness, especially members in OA. Could<br />

you please respond to this situation?<br />

Sometimes friends who try to be helpful achieve the opposite<br />

effect—their gestures hurt rather than support. You didn’t say that this<br />

group consisted of friends of your sponsoree, but even the closest friends<br />

confronting someone as a group could intimidate anyone. A confrontation<br />

by a group of strangers might be very alienating, if not devastating.<br />

When attempting Twelfth-Step work with OA members—as with anyone,<br />

really—it must be done with respect <strong>and</strong> caring. As Step Twelve in The<br />

Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> states:<br />

“When we set out to fix other people, we usually failed.”<br />

<strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>and</strong> the World Service Office have received letters from<br />

some OAers asking for help in supporting anorexic <strong>and</strong> bulimic members;<br />

they worried that since they didn’t share the same symptoms, that<br />

maybe the program of recovery would be different. We hope that this<br />

issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> will shed some light on the fact that compulsive eating is<br />

truly one disease with many symptoms <strong>and</strong> the same solution.<br />

Perhaps the group that confronted your sponsoree feared her<br />

thinness because they had some preconceived, erroneous notions about<br />

anorexia <strong>and</strong> judged what they didn’t underst<strong>and</strong>. Maybe they really<br />

thought they were helping.<br />

Some members may welcome such confrontations, finding them<br />

helpful. Others, like your sponsoree, may see them as unfriendly. In any<br />

case, it is up to each of us in the Fellowship to let others know what is,<br />

<strong>and</strong> what is not, supportive to our continued growth <strong>and</strong> recovery in the<br />

program.<br />

And you are correct to say that the Eighth Tradition keeps us<br />

forever “nonprofessional.” Thus, none of us is qualified to judge someone<br />

else’s medical condition.<br />

— August 1995<br />

ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—ANSWERED PERSONALLY?<br />

• If I send a question to <strong>Lifeline</strong>’s <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong>, will it be<br />

answered personally or only through the magazine? Is there a<br />

15


separate mailing address for questions I want answered<br />

personally?<br />

<strong>Questions</strong> sent directly to the <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> at <strong>Lifeline</strong> are kept on<br />

file indefinitely, to be answered in the magazine as opportunities arise. An<br />

answer in print could take months to appear, if not years, because of the<br />

amount of mail received. When you write to <strong>Lifeline</strong> with a question, you<br />

can specify that you would like a mailed reply, an <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> reply, or<br />

both.<br />

If you have a question to which you’d like an immediate response,<br />

you could write to your regional chair at your regional service office or to<br />

your regional trustee at the WSO, either of whom could probably answer<br />

most questions quickly.<br />

Write to <strong>Lifeline</strong> [or] the WSO at PO Box 44020, Rio Rancho, NM<br />

87174-4020.<br />

— September 1995<br />

ASK-IT BASKET QUESTIONS—APPROPRIATE KINDS<br />

• What kind of question is appropriate for the <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong>? I<br />

have zillions of questions, but I’m hesitant to send them in.<br />

You ask it, we’ll answer it if we can.<br />

This column is intended primarily to provide service information,<br />

but inquiries about the Traditions, meeting procedures, sponsorship, <strong>and</strong><br />

other OA concerns are also welcome. Individuals <strong>and</strong> groups wondering<br />

how to start a meeting or form an intergroup, people perplexed about the<br />

specifics of anonymity, meetings struggling with financial problems—all<br />

will receive a reply that is based on solutions that are working for other<br />

OA groups.<br />

<strong>Questions</strong> have ranged from an appeal for fund-raising tips from a<br />

group about to fold to an inquiry about the function of the Board of<br />

Trustees.<br />

So, whether your question pertains to the group, to OA as a whole,<br />

or is a matter of personal curiosity, send it in. <strong>It</strong> may benefit many<br />

readers who are wondering the same thing.<br />

— September 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1983<br />

ATHEIST—SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE<br />

• My OA group accepts me as an atheist, saying OA is spiritual,<br />

not religious. Still, I wonder how an atheist can have a spiritual<br />

experience.<br />

The Twelfth Step promises “a spiritual awakening as a result of<br />

these Steps.” Atheists who complete the Steps find a spiritual awakening.<br />

16


<strong>It</strong> is described in the Big Book as a psychological change of such<br />

magnitude as to triumph over the compulsive behavior.<br />

Those of us who are atheists will speak in nonreligious terms about<br />

how we experience that spiritual awakening; we speak of a sense of<br />

serenity, of harmony, of not battling the world, of acceptance. The<br />

simplest test is whether we are freed from the obsession that has, in the<br />

past, sent us back to compulsive overeating.<br />

Those of us who are atheists encourage you simply to do the Steps<br />

<strong>and</strong> not to worry about whether you’ll “get it.” If you do the Steps, you<br />

will get it!<br />

— May 2001<br />

ATTRACTION<br />

• How can we attract people to OA? Why don’t people stay?<br />

The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />

(p.106) states, “Each day that we live well, we are well, <strong>and</strong> we embody<br />

the joy of recovery which attracts others who want what we’ve found in<br />

OA.”<br />

Compulsive eaters come to believe this program can work for them<br />

by hearing how it has worked for others. Most come to OA because they<br />

are overweight or underweight, <strong>and</strong> they can’t stop obsessing about food.<br />

OA attracts them because they hear about members who in the past have<br />

overeaten compulsively or who have starved themselves but are now<br />

abstinent <strong>and</strong> at a healthy weight because of working the OA program.<br />

Initially, newcomers need to see OA members at a healthy weight,<br />

members who have maintained their weight loss or gain. As people keep<br />

returning to the program, they find OA attractive because its members<br />

have long-term abstinence <strong>and</strong> report that by working the program, their<br />

lives <strong>and</strong> relationships are better.<br />

To give hope to others, we have to be the message. When we live<br />

the program <strong>and</strong> follow it in all our affairs, we show by example that OA<br />

works.<br />

Despite seeing examples in recovering members, some people<br />

leave the program. They may not have reached their bottoms <strong>and</strong> are not<br />

ready to accept what this program has to offer. Some may be looking for<br />

the easier, softer ways society offers. Others may think they can do it<br />

alone. Still others may not believe the miracle experienced by recovering<br />

OA members can happen to them, or they may not believe they have an<br />

illness that affects body, mind <strong>and</strong> spirit <strong>and</strong> could be life-threatening if<br />

left untreated.<br />

The OA program requires a commitment <strong>and</strong> willingness to change<br />

through working the Twelve Steps. Many people are not ready or willing<br />

to take the leap of faith necessary to accomplish this.<br />

17


— June 2007<br />

BIRTHDAYS—FIRST DAY ABSTINENCE OR FIRST DAY ATTENDENCE<br />

• Is there an OA policy regarding birthdays? Does an OA birthday<br />

refer to the first day of abstinence or the first OA meeting<br />

attended?<br />

A birthday observance at an OA meeting recognizes a member’s<br />

first day <strong>and</strong> subsequent years of abstinence. The Group H<strong>and</strong>book<br />

expresses this point clearly. One of the duties of the group secretary, the<br />

h<strong>and</strong>book states, is “keeping a file on OA birthdays, if the group wishes.<br />

Birthdays are celebrated for each year of continuous abstinence.” In<br />

addition to suggesting that birthdays, sometimes called anniversaries,<br />

refer to abstinence, this statement alludes to the autonomy of OA groups.<br />

Provided it does not injure other groups or OA as a whole, each group has<br />

the freedom to choose its own practices under the Fourth Tradition, such<br />

as whether or not birthdays will be celebrated.<br />

OA defines abstinence as the action of refraining from compulsive<br />

eating—each member must decide what that means personally.<br />

Consequently, a member can only judge for herself or himself the<br />

appropriate time to celebrate an OA anniversary.<br />

— June 1994<br />

BOARD OF TRUSTEES—ABOUT<br />

• Here are some questions frequently asked of the OA Board of<br />

Trustees. What does being a board member entail? Are you paid?<br />

How often do you meet? Do you go to OA meetings? Do you have<br />

a sponsor; do you sponsor others?<br />

Here, in a nutshell, are the answers.<br />

The Board of Trustees, which meets bimonthly, serves <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong> as a whole <strong>and</strong> acts as guardian of the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve Traditions.<br />

Regional trustees serve as a liaison between the board <strong>and</strong> the<br />

region-wide membership. Their major responsibilities include attending<br />

regional assemblies, participating in Service <strong>and</strong> Traditions Workshops,<br />

assisting the organization of service bodies within their respective<br />

regions, investigating alleged Traditions violations <strong>and</strong> chairing board<br />

committees as assigned.<br />

The general service trustees, who meet monthly, function as the<br />

executive committee of the board. They oversee the operations of the<br />

World Service Office, which include consideration of policy, budgets, longrange<br />

goals <strong>and</strong> legal matters. GSTs also chair board committees as<br />

appointed.<br />

18


All board positions are voluntary, non-paid OA service positions.<br />

Travel <strong>and</strong> other expenses incurred while at board meetings <strong>and</strong> on OA<br />

business are reimbursed by WSO, <strong>and</strong> occasionally, by other OA service<br />

bodies.<br />

Board members are recovering compulsive overeaters. Like all<br />

other members of the Fellowship, their recovery is a result of working the<br />

Twelve-Step program. Recognizing the importance of OA meetings, the<br />

trustees incorporate them into the agenda at board meetings, <strong>and</strong> of<br />

course, attend meetings within their own communities. Also, being<br />

sponsored, sponsoring others <strong>and</strong> using the rest of the tools are crucial to<br />

the trustee’s recoveries.<br />

Just how do they do it all? In the words of one board member,<br />

“With God’s help.”<br />

— March 1991, reprinted from WSO Notebook, May/June 1989<br />

BYLAWS—INTERGROUP’S NEED FOR<br />

• Why does an intergroup need bylaws? Where can we get help in<br />

writing our own bylaws?<br />

There are two criteria involved in establishing an intergroup. One is<br />

the affiliation of two or more meeting groups, <strong>and</strong> the other is the filing of<br />

bylaws with the World Service Office. <strong>It</strong> is a safeguard to all OA groups,<br />

intergroups <strong>and</strong> OA as a whole that just any group cannot form itself into<br />

an OA intergroup. An intergroup is an official body of OA <strong>and</strong> must<br />

establish itself by stating formally its principles of practice in a set of<br />

bylaws.<br />

When an intergroup sends the WSO its proposed bylaws, they are<br />

forwarded to the Conference Bylaws Committee for review. This<br />

committee reads the intergroup bylaws to be certain that they agree in<br />

principle with the existing bylaws of OA <strong>and</strong> that they contain no Tradition<br />

violations. The new intergroup’s bylaws are then filed at the WSO; this is<br />

the basis for the official existence of the intergroup. If, for example, an<br />

intergroup should form but fails to file bylaws with the WSO, then sends<br />

delegates to the Conference, that intergroup’s delegates will have no vote<br />

on Conference issues.<br />

Help is available for newly forming intergroups. The WSO has copies<br />

of sample bylaws that can be used as a foundation to write one’s own<br />

bylaws. If more specific help is needed, one of the co-chairs of the<br />

Conference Bylaws Committee may be called on to answer questions.<br />

Contact the WSO Member Services Department for sample bylaws or the<br />

names of current Bylaws Committee chairpersons.<br />

— February 1998<br />

19


CHILDREN—AT MEETINGS OR BABYSITTING<br />

• Several members of our group regularly bring their small<br />

children to meetings. The youngsters are adorable <strong>and</strong> we enjoy<br />

them, but the truth is they often disrupt the meeting. If it isn’t a<br />

tot’s noisy game, it’s a mother calling to her child or running to<br />

see what he’s up to every few minutes. We really value these<br />

members <strong>and</strong> don’t want to lose them, but I’m afraid if we go on<br />

as we are, we’ll lose the meeting.<br />

Many OA groups have encountered your problem <strong>and</strong> resolved it in<br />

varying ways. Some decide that no children will be admitted to the<br />

meeting <strong>and</strong> ask to be listed that way in their intergroup directories.<br />

Groups that have access to a separate room next to or near their meeting<br />

room may choose to hire a babysitter to watch members’ children during<br />

the meeting. This service should be funded through contributions of those<br />

wishing to support it, rather than through the Seventh Tradition<br />

collection.<br />

Most mothers know that it is unrealistic to expect a young child to<br />

sit quietly for one to two hours. After a couple of interrupted meetings, it<br />

should be obvious that they need to look for a different solution to their<br />

babysitting problem.<br />

— May 1992, reprinted from WSO Notebook, March/April 1983<br />

CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES AND BREAKING SEVENTH<br />

TRADITION<br />

• Is it breaking Traditions to pay our groups' weekly babysitting<br />

fee from the Seventh Tradition collection? This expense keeps our<br />

group groveling for funds <strong>and</strong> prevents us from contributing to<br />

intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> world service.<br />

This question, like most others, is best decided by group<br />

conscience. Tradition Four, which safeguards group autonomy, gives each<br />

group the freedom to function in a manner that works best for them, as<br />

long as OA as a whole is not adversely affected.<br />

The answer to money problems is often found in Tradition Seven,<br />

which states, “Every group ought to be fully self-supporting, declining<br />

outside contributions.”<br />

Most OAers consider it inappropriate to use group funds for any<br />

purpose other than support of the group <strong>and</strong> the larger OA service<br />

structure. They do not consider members’ personal expenses, such as<br />

babysitting fees, to be a legitimate part of group support.<br />

A few groups, whose membership consists largely of people with<br />

young children, choose to set aside a portion of their collection to pay a<br />

20


abysitter. A suggestion passed on by several such groups is to hold<br />

regular fundraising events to fatten the kitty <strong>and</strong> enable the group to<br />

meet expenses <strong>and</strong> contribute its fair share to intergroup, region <strong>and</strong><br />

world service.<br />

Still another suggested method of financing a group babysitter is to<br />

set up a separate fund to which those using the service as well as other<br />

members may contribute.<br />

— June 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, January/February<br />

1987<br />

CHILDREN—BABYSITTING FEES/SEVENTH TRADITION/OTHER<br />

USE OF MONEY<br />

• Why is it a no-no to pay a babysitter from Seventh Tradition?<br />

Aren’t we allowed to pay our service workers? If so, what other<br />

money should be used?<br />

Tradition Nine states that OA, as such, ought never be organized;<br />

but OA may create service boards or committees directly responsible to<br />

those they serve. Babysitting does not fall into these categories. The<br />

babysitting at a group meeting is not a service board or committee. On<br />

the other h<strong>and</strong>, it is a wonderful service to offer to those in your area so<br />

that they may attend meetings. There are different ways to “pay” the<br />

babysitter(s). Some groups have a group-conscience meeting <strong>and</strong> decide<br />

to pass a second basket strictly for the babysitter. That money is kept<br />

separate from other funds to be used only for the babysitter. The group<br />

<strong>and</strong> babysitter agree on the fee. Most members who have no little ones<br />

are more than willing to put money in the second basket so everyone can<br />

share without interruption. Some groups have a volunteer babysitter, but<br />

the success of that arrangement may vary.<br />

Other groups believe that babysitting is an outside issue <strong>and</strong> refrain<br />

from passing a basket during the meeting to pay for this service. They<br />

deal with the situation by having members talk after the meeting, <strong>and</strong><br />

they then agree to contribute to a fund for childcare. <strong>It</strong> is not made a part<br />

of the format nor is there a collection taken during the meeting.<br />

If other members have a better method, please share that<br />

information with <strong>Lifeline</strong>.<br />

— June 1998<br />

COMPULSIVE OVEREATER—RECOVERING OR RECOVERED<br />

• In a past <strong>Lifeline</strong> story, I saw a reference to a “recovered”<br />

compulsive overeater. Is that an acceptable term? I thought we<br />

were never really recovered.<br />

21


Many OAers use the term “recovered.” Many use the term<br />

“recovering.” Those who use “recovered” are emphasizing the change<br />

within that has given them the miracle of recovery. Those who use<br />

“recovering” are emphasizing the day-to-day work they do to keep<br />

recovering. There are no rights or wrongs in this regard. We use the<br />

words that feel most comfortable to us, keeping in mind that our primary<br />

purpose is to carry the message of recovery to those who still suffer, as<br />

Tradition Five points out.<br />

— November 2001<br />

CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE<br />

• At the May 1996 World Service Business Conference, a motion<br />

was passed suggesting that all intergroups, service boards <strong>and</strong><br />

regions read the Twelve Concepts at their meetings. What are the<br />

Twelve Concepts, <strong>and</strong> how do they fit into my personal recovery?<br />

In 1955, Bill W., AA’s co-founder, spoke at a convention about the<br />

Three Legacies—Recovery, Unity <strong>and</strong> Service—<strong>and</strong> how the entire AA<br />

Fellowship was responsible for Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>’ continuation <strong>and</strong><br />

growth. Service, AA’s Third Legacy, was an integral part of the AA<br />

experience as it developed through the Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions. In 1962,<br />

AA’s General Service Conference adopted “The Twelve Concepts for World<br />

Service,” written by Bill W.<br />

OA’s Twelve Concepts of Service are spiritual principles that provide<br />

a firm foundation upon which our Fellowship can practice the Twelfth<br />

Step. They are practical guidelines for OA’s trusted servant—from group<br />

secretaries to general service trustees. Just as the Twelve Steps are<br />

spiritual principles we apply in our personal recoveries <strong>and</strong> the Twelve<br />

Traditions are principles we use to keep our groups functioning well, the<br />

Twelve Concepts are the guidelines we use to most effectively carry the<br />

OA message.<br />

These Concepts concretely describe OA’s service structure.<br />

Concepts One, Two, Six <strong>and</strong> Eight depict the chain of delegated<br />

responsibility needed for efficient <strong>and</strong> Higher Power-inspired OA service.<br />

Concepts Three, Four <strong>and</strong> Five direct the trusted servant to wellconsidered<br />

action: group participation, decision-making, voting <strong>and</strong> the<br />

courage to question. Concepts Seven <strong>and</strong> Ten speak to the need for clear<br />

<strong>and</strong> precise job descriptions. Concepts Nine <strong>and</strong> Eleven address the<br />

process of choosing those who are most able to be OA’s trusted servants.<br />

Concept Twelve ensures that OA service structures never become<br />

governments, thus allowing the “h<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> heart of OA” to be ever<br />

available to those who need it.<br />

Region Three adapted the Concepts for their use early on <strong>and</strong><br />

inspired others to study them. OA’s Board of Trustees established a<br />

22


Twelve Concepts Special Committee in 1989 to develop the Twelve<br />

Concepts of OA Service. The Committee consisted of World Service<br />

Business Conference (WSBC) delegates, intergroup <strong>and</strong> regional<br />

representatives, <strong>and</strong> a trustee serving as co-chair. The committee wrote<br />

several drafts of the Concepts during five years of World Service<br />

meetings <strong>and</strong> local <strong>and</strong> area-wide study groups, thus allowing a thorough<br />

discussion within the Fellowship before presenting them to the WSBC in<br />

1993. In May 1994, after further review, discussion <strong>and</strong> prayer, OA’s<br />

WSBC adopted The Twelve Concepts of OA Service. In addition, a<br />

h<strong>and</strong>book carefully describing each Concept is currently being developed.<br />

Since service is a basic part of our recovery program, these clearly<br />

defined Concepts benefit all of us in OA.<br />

(Text of The Twelve Concepts of OA Service followed the above.)<br />

— September 1996<br />

CONCEPTS—TWELVE CONCEPTS OF OA SERVICE PAMPHLET<br />

• What are the Twelve Concepts of OA service?<br />

OA’s Twelve Concepts of Service are spiritual principles that provide<br />

a firm foundation upon which our Fellowship can practice the Twelfth<br />

Step. They are practical guidelines for OA’s trusted servants—from group<br />

secretaries to general service trustees. Just as the Twelve Steps are<br />

spiritual principles we apply in our personal recoveries <strong>and</strong> the Twelve<br />

Traditions are principles we use to keep our groups functioning well, the<br />

Twelve Concepts are the guidelines we use to most effectively carry the<br />

OA message.<br />

The Twelve Concepts of OA Service pamphlet contains the full text<br />

<strong>and</strong> explanation of the Twelve Concepts (available from the WSO, item<br />

#330, $.75 each plus $2.25 shipping for US orders up to $15).<br />

— June 2004<br />

CONFIDENTIALITY—FIFTH STEP<br />

• I recently did my Fifth Step with another overeater, someone I<br />

felt I could trust. But, sadly, I’m still hearing from her about all<br />

my “wrong doings.” She keeps bringing up the gory details at<br />

inappropriate times, <strong>and</strong> I’m sure she has told others, too. How<br />

do I counteract these actions?<br />

As acknowledged on page 47 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, “Indeed, admitting the exact nature<br />

of our wrongs to another human being has been a frightening prospect<br />

for most of us, for we’ve never before risked such complete openness<br />

with another person.” Because of this risk, we are advised on page 48<br />

23


that, “<strong>It</strong> is important that we choose a trustworthy <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

person with whom to complete Step Five.”<br />

How unfortunate that someone whom you trusted with the intimate<br />

details of your inventory has chosen to violate your trust by bringing up<br />

the character defects that you confided in her. While your question did<br />

not indicate whether this individual was your sponsor, we will assume this<br />

was the case. Likely, you will want to find another sponsor to help you<br />

work through the remaining Steps.<br />

Before doing this, however, you might first consider confronting this<br />

individual in private <strong>and</strong> expressing to her how her action has been<br />

hurtful to you. You might also read to her a passage from page 49 of our<br />

OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” which states that in doing Step Five “we are not<br />

looking for someone to tell us how to manage our problems. What we<br />

need is a loving witness, someone who will keep our confidences <strong>and</strong> will<br />

listen without judging us or seeking to fix us.” If you also have strong<br />

concern that she has broken your anonymity with others, it might be<br />

helpful for you to address this issue in the context of Tradition Twelve.<br />

No matter how you decide to deal with this person, we encourage<br />

you to continue your Step work, even if it means finding another sponsor.<br />

The longer you postpone the continuation of this process, the more<br />

difficult it will be to work your program.<br />

If any other members have h<strong>and</strong>led a similar breach of confidence<br />

with a sponsor or other OA member, please send us the story of how you<br />

were able to resolve this issue, hopefully in an affirmative way.<br />

— April 1996<br />

CONFRONTATION OF INTERGROUP PARTICIPANTS<br />

• Why don’t we confront, <strong>and</strong> how do we confront, obvious denial<br />

<strong>and</strong> disease in participants in intergroup?<br />

First, look at your IG bylaws under qualifications for officers,<br />

committee chairs <strong>and</strong> reps. Does your group have qualifications regarding<br />

resignation if one has returned to compulsive overeating or has other<br />

addictive behaviors related to food? Do the bylaws state whether the<br />

officers/reps should attend OA meetings <strong>and</strong> work the Twelve Steps of<br />

OA? Next, look at the job the person is doing. Are they meeting the<br />

responsibilities of the job? What is the person’s behavior at IG meetings?<br />

Is it disruptive?<br />

Somehow in OA, we are reluctant to confront this issue. All persons<br />

who state the desire to stop compulsive eating are welcome at meetings.<br />

However, IG is the business of your groups. IG officers have an obligation<br />

to make sure that IG decision makers are making decisions with clear<br />

thinking. If they are into their disease, they cannot make clear decisions.<br />

24


State what you see <strong>and</strong> hear. <strong>Ask</strong> if the person has a sponsor, if<br />

he/she is working with that sponsor or needs a sponsor? Is the person<br />

going to meetings? Next, the individual <strong>and</strong> officers must come to a<br />

decision. Is the person willing to become abstinent? Does he/she need to<br />

step down from the position? Carefrontation needs to be done prayerfully<br />

with the interest of the individual confronted foremost in mind.<br />

Shaming is not tolerated. Neither is enabling. Care <strong>and</strong> love are<br />

what this Fellowship is about.<br />

— July 1998<br />

COPYRIGHT—GUIDELINES (Some parts outdated as of May 2001)<br />

• I am the editor of an intergroup newsletter. Just about every OA<br />

newsletter I’ve seen reprints copyrighted OA or AA literature—<br />

with or without crediting the source. I have, for instance, seen<br />

whole pages photocopied out of For Today. Please give us some<br />

guidelines as to what we may or may not use. Is it okay to quote<br />

excerpts from The Twelve Steps of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> (with<br />

credit given)? What about material from OA pamphlets?<br />

Conference-approved literature is the main source of revenue for<br />

OA. Respecting OA’s copyright is a way of guarding our Seventh Tradition<br />

of self-support. Developing literature also fulfills OA’s primary purpose—<br />

to carry the message of recovery to the suffering compulsive overeater.<br />

If service bodies were allowed to reprint OA literature at will, it<br />

would be difficult for OA as a whole to fulfill its Seventh-Tradition<br />

directive. All OA literature, including audio <strong>and</strong> video cassettes, is<br />

protected under U.S. copyright law. No one, including OA members or<br />

service bodies, can reprint or reproduce excerpts from our literature<br />

without a written request, <strong>and</strong> permission is only rarely granted.<br />

Duplicating literature for other sources, including AA, also requires<br />

permission. If you wish to print an excerpt from AA literature, write to:<br />

Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, General Service Office, Box 459, Gr<strong>and</strong> Central<br />

Station, New York, New York 10163.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is faster <strong>and</strong> simpler to reproduce materials that don’t require<br />

permission:<br />

OA service bodies may reprint articles from <strong>Lifeline</strong>, A Step Ahead,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the no-longer published WSO Notebook without permission as long as<br />

credit is given (i.e., “Reprinted from <strong>Lifeline</strong>, March 1993,” “Reprinted<br />

from WSO Notebook, November/December 1992,” or “Reprinted from A<br />

Step Ahead, February 1993”). (Additional items added in May 2001.)<br />

Under the “fair use” doctrine of copyright law, OA allows individuals<br />

or service bodies to quote up to 50 words from copyrighted OA<br />

publications over 50 words in length without requesting permission in<br />

25


advance, as long as proper credit is given. (No longer held to be true,<br />

but it’s interesting to see from whence this came.)<br />

Many well-known slogans <strong>and</strong> sayings (such as “one day at a time”<br />

or “easy does it”) are not copyrightable <strong>and</strong> require no approval.<br />

Keep in mind that copyright laws apply to all literature whether or<br />

not you see a copyright notice: “© 19_ _ <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, Inc. All<br />

rights reserved.”<br />

One of the most common copyright violations is the reprinting of<br />

popular newspaper comic strips, without obtaining permission from the<br />

newspaper syndicate. Printing comic strips or excerpts from outside<br />

literature also violates Tradition Six. Before using material from an<br />

outside enterprise, consider what message is being sent. Will reprinting<br />

this material imply that OA is endorsing or affiliating with the author, the<br />

enterprise, or the ideas contained within?<br />

<strong>It</strong> might be helpful to have each issue of an intergroup or region<br />

newsletter reviewed, prior to publication, by someone well-versed in OA’s<br />

Traditions. While the WSO editorial staff has a deep underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the<br />

Traditions, each issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>and</strong> A Step Ahead is still reviewed by a<br />

trustee before it goes to print.<br />

The most challenging course for a newsletter editor is to seek out<br />

<strong>and</strong> print original work. <strong>Ask</strong> members to submit program-related stories,<br />

poems, <strong>and</strong> cartoons. This is a fun, recovery-enhancing way for members<br />

to share.<br />

More guidance can be found in the Guidelines for OA Newsletters,<br />

included with the OA Guidelines packet available in OA’s literature<br />

catalog.<br />

— April 1993<br />

CROSS TALK—A DEFINITION<br />

• What exactly is “cross talk”? Are all comments <strong>and</strong> responses to<br />

another person at a meeting cross talk? Is thanking someone for<br />

something they shared considered cross talk? Or only if it’s<br />

something negative?<br />

There is no specific definition of cross talk in OA literature. The<br />

Group H<strong>and</strong>book suggests that in discussion meetings groups should<br />

“give everybody a chance to participate, but discourage cross talk.” The<br />

Suggested Meeting Format comes closer to a definition: “We share our<br />

experience, strength, <strong>and</strong> hope in OA; feedback, cross talk, <strong>and</strong> advicegiving<br />

are discouraged here.”<br />

<strong>It</strong> seems from this that anything other than focusing on your own<br />

experience during your pitch could fall into the category of cross talk.<br />

That may include comments on what someone had just shared, no matter<br />

if you are giving support or offering an opinion. In OA we should feel free<br />

26


to express what’s difficult to express elsewhere, unfettered from others’<br />

judgment.<br />

Yet telling how you faced a comparable situation or felt similarly is<br />

common at meetings <strong>and</strong> can be, depending on your intention <strong>and</strong> tone,<br />

the best way to share your experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope.<br />

Clearly this is a gray area. Part of what we come to OA meetings for<br />

is to hear others’ recovery, see how they dealt with problems <strong>and</strong> feelings<br />

similar to ours, <strong>and</strong> to know we’re not alone. But responding to what<br />

others say is not sharing your experience; it’s your view of others in the<br />

room.<br />

The dictionary defines cross talk as “unwanted signals.” Since you<br />

never know if another member will want your comments or not, or how<br />

they will be taken, it’s best to steer clear of making them during a<br />

meeting.<br />

Sometimes it’s hard not to respond verbally immediately,<br />

particularly when someone has shared something deep <strong>and</strong> painful, or<br />

where there are tears. A loving hug or a pat on the shoulder may be the<br />

best response. After the meeting has ended, talking with the person is<br />

the best expression of underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> support.<br />

Interrupting another member is also considered cross talk. Beyond<br />

the obvious need to respect each speaker, interruptions can be<br />

disruptive, cut short a member needing to speak <strong>and</strong> result in someone<br />

not being heard. To prevent this, many groups ask members to raise<br />

their h<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> be called upon by that day’s leader for sharing. They also<br />

ask others not to share until it is their turn.<br />

Tradition Four safeguards every OA group’s autonomy—problems<br />

are decided by group conscience. If the cross-talk question troubles your<br />

group, request a steering committee meeting where the issue can be<br />

thoroughly discussed. Be sure each member’s personal definition of cross<br />

talk is heard. Ultimately, the group consensus on what will be considered<br />

cross talk in that meeting should apply.<br />

— October 1992<br />

CROSS TALK—FURTHER CLARIFICATION<br />

• What is cross talk? Are all responses <strong>and</strong> comments to another<br />

person at a meeting cross talk? Is thanking someone for<br />

something they shared cross talk? Or is it cross talk only if the<br />

comments are negative? (Same question as above but slightly<br />

different answer.)<br />

OA literature does not specifically define cross talk. The Suggested<br />

Meeting Format states: “As you share your experience <strong>and</strong> strength in<br />

OA, please also share your hope. Feedback, cross talk <strong>and</strong> advice giving<br />

are discouraged here.”<br />

27


Discouraging cross talk provides the freedom in OA to say what is<br />

difficult to express elsewhere. Shares not focusing on your own<br />

experience may constitute cross talk, including comments in support of or<br />

opinions in response to another person’s share. Such responses are not<br />

sharing your experience; they are offering your view of others in the<br />

room.<br />

However, members do frequently share situations or describe<br />

feelings common to the group. Members want to hear about others’<br />

recovery, to see how others have dealt with similar situations <strong>and</strong> to<br />

know that they are not alone. Your intentions <strong>and</strong> tone determine<br />

whether responding to another’s situation is the best way to share your<br />

experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope. Clearly this is a gray area, <strong>and</strong> since you<br />

never know how others will interpret your remarks, sometimes it is best<br />

not to comment. <strong>It</strong> is especially difficult not to respond immediately to a<br />

member in pain. A loving hug, a pat on the shoulder or a talk with the<br />

person after the meeting is the best expression of support.<br />

Interrupting is also considered cross talk. Interruptions may disrupt<br />

the meeting <strong>and</strong> deny the speaker adequate opportunity to share. To<br />

prevent this, many groups ask members to raise their h<strong>and</strong>s for<br />

recognition before sharing.<br />

If cross talk troubles your group, request a steering committee<br />

meeting to discuss the problem. Consider each member’s personal<br />

definition of cross talk. Ultimately, the group’s consensus on what<br />

constitutes cross talk in its meeting should apply.<br />

— August 1999<br />

CROSS TALK—VERSUS DISCUSSION<br />

• <strong>Lifeline</strong> has suggestions in “For Discussion” each month.<br />

Recently, I suggested that our OA group hold a discussion on an<br />

article from <strong>Lifeline</strong>. I was told this was not possible because we<br />

do not allow “cross talk.” How, then, can we ever have a<br />

discussion?<br />

The purpose of discouraging “cross talk” is to prevent members<br />

from commenting on or giving advice relative to another member’s share,<br />

an action that could imply judgment or cause the sharing member<br />

embarrassment or emotional reaction. (For articles on cross talk, see also<br />

<strong>Lifeline</strong>, February 1995; <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong>, page 26; <strong>and</strong> A Step Ahead, OA’s<br />

quarterly newsletter, May 1994.) Obviously, a discussion is not<br />

appropriate in a setting where members are sharing or a speaker is<br />

leading a formal meeting.<br />

However, there may be appropriate times for discussion in OA.<br />

Some groups may hold discussions after the regular sharing meeting or<br />

as part of a special meeting such as a <strong>Lifeline</strong> meeting as described in the<br />

28


<strong>Lifeline</strong> Meeting Format (available from the WSO). Discussion may be part<br />

of a business or group conscience meeting; many workshops, marathons<br />

<strong>and</strong> conventions offer opportunities to discuss OA ideas; <strong>and</strong> a sponsor<br />

<strong>and</strong> sponsoree or other OA members meeting socially or personally may<br />

discuss program concepts.<br />

You may ask your group to hold a group conscience <strong>and</strong> determine<br />

what time is appropriate for you to discuss OA ideas. Many people will<br />

relax <strong>and</strong> speak more freely in a less formal setting, <strong>and</strong> this is useful for<br />

some. However, it is also important to remember that an OA discussion is<br />

not a forum for outside issues or an opening for personalities to take<br />

over. Consider h<strong>and</strong>ing out discussion guidelines, or select an impartial<br />

<strong>and</strong> respected member to monitor your discussion <strong>and</strong> keep it on track.<br />

In addition, a discussion on a <strong>Lifeline</strong> article or topics in For Today,<br />

Abstinence or the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” is a wonderful way to receive<br />

more recovery. Many groups h<strong>and</strong>le these topics by each member in turn<br />

reading whatever is selected <strong>and</strong> then commenting on it until it is time for<br />

the meeting to end. This can be done with sharing <strong>and</strong> no “cross talk,”<br />

<strong>and</strong> is a great opportunity for learning more about the program <strong>and</strong> each<br />

other.<br />

— March 1998<br />

CROSS TALK—VERSUS SHARING<br />

• Sharing versus cross talk: please define the two <strong>and</strong> explain the<br />

differences, as it relates to an OA meeting.<br />

While this is a gray area in OA, there are major differences between<br />

the two. Cross talk, as defined in Webster’s New World <strong>and</strong> New<br />

Collegiate Dictionaries, means unwanted signals or interference in one or<br />

more communication channels. So, cross talk could be considered<br />

“interference” in another’s share.<br />

The Group H<strong>and</strong>book states: “Give everybody a chance to<br />

participate, but discourage cross talk.” The Suggested Meeting Format<br />

states: “We share our experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope in OA, however,<br />

feedback, cross talk <strong>and</strong> advice giving are discouraged here.”<br />

Therefore, in an OA meeting, one should feel free to express his or<br />

her own personal share without fear of negative or even positive<br />

comments. As stated in the October 1992 edition of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, “We should<br />

feel free to express what is difficult to express elsewhere, unfettered from<br />

others’ judgment.” This, in turn, helps members to feel safe.<br />

If cross talk is a problem at your meeting, request a steering<br />

committee meeting where the issue can be thoroughly discussed. Be sure<br />

each member’s personal definition of cross talk is heard. Ultimately, the<br />

group consensus on what will be considered cross talk in that meeting<br />

should apply.<br />

29


— February 1995<br />

DELEGATE—FUNDING<br />

• Some of the groups in our area do not wish any of their<br />

contributions to go towards funding delegates to the WSBC. Some<br />

groups have actually withheld contributions for this reason. What<br />

should we do?<br />

<strong>It</strong> would certainly dispel some of the distrust members have of<br />

intergroup <strong>and</strong> Conference activities if your delegates, upon returning<br />

from the Conference, were to write up business meeting <strong>and</strong> workshop<br />

highlights for your newsletter. (If an intergroup hasn’t sent any<br />

delegates, then highlights can be taken out of the WSBC Final Report.) If<br />

members can see that the policies <strong>and</strong> bylaw motions discussed <strong>and</strong><br />

voted on at WSBC do, in fact, affect their program, they may be more apt<br />

to want to be represented there.<br />

Our Conference is an annual opportunity for OA members from<br />

around the world to meet <strong>and</strong> discuss issues that are crucial to our<br />

ongoing ability to carry our message of recovery to those who need it.<br />

So, a group that withholds contributions from its intergroup precisely to<br />

deny sending delegates to Conference is in violation of Tradition Seven<br />

(affecting the intergroup’s ability to be self-supporting) <strong>and</strong> Tradition Four<br />

(affecting OA as a whole).<br />

You might wish to invite your regional trustee or a regional officer<br />

to hold a Service <strong>and</strong> Traditions Workshop. And encourage as much open<br />

discussion as you can. Misconceptions can usually be cleared up with<br />

some good, direct communication.<br />

— January 1997<br />

DELEGATE—REPORTS<br />

• I like the WSO summary about WSBC. <strong>It</strong>’s helpful <strong>and</strong> timely,<br />

but doesn’t it let delegates off the hook for taking notes <strong>and</strong><br />

writing reports for their intergroups <strong>and</strong> groups?<br />

Each intergroup has bylaws, <strong>and</strong> many have policy <strong>and</strong> procedure<br />

manuals. The job description for a world service delegate needs to be<br />

outlined so that the person in that service position knows his/her job. Part<br />

of the job is to give a written report to the intergroup. The intergroup can<br />

then dispense the information as it sees fit. The intergroup may put the<br />

information in its newsletter or in IG minutes, or use other means of<br />

distribution. This is being responsible. A report in one of the intergroup’s<br />

minutes regarding the 1997 WSBC was full of positive happenings at<br />

WSBC. All motions were spelled out, whether they passed or failed, <strong>and</strong><br />

30


the intergroup delegate stated his vote. The Final Conference Report from<br />

WSO does not come out until several months after the Conference.<br />

— May 1998<br />

EMAIL AT WORK<br />

• Is using work email for OA matters a break in Traditions?<br />

Email is a means of communication similar to a phone call. What is<br />

your employer’s policy regarding phone calls? Is it the same for email?<br />

Use of company time <strong>and</strong> equipment for personal communication is<br />

often a violation of company policy, <strong>and</strong> the answer is evident. Have you<br />

spoken with your employer about the issue, or are you doing it secretly?<br />

This question probably falls under the guidelines for personal use of<br />

the company copy machine. If an employee supplies the paper, some<br />

companies permit personal use if it’s not on company time (during a<br />

break, for example). Even so, it would be an “outside contribution,” which<br />

we don’t accept according to program principles <strong>and</strong> Tradition Seven.<br />

Besides looking at the issue as a Tradition violation, we could look<br />

at it as a violation of the honesty principle. If using email for personal<br />

reasons takes away from your commitment to work a specified number of<br />

hours a day, or if your company has a policy against personal email use,<br />

then the decision is clear. To work an honest program, you could not use<br />

company email for OA matters. If your employer allows limited personal<br />

phone calls or related actions as benefits of the job, you can discuss the<br />

question with your sponsor as an integrity issue.<br />

Another concern is that employers have the right to read<br />

employees’ email, so you might be compromising your anonymity.<br />

— November 2000<br />

ENTERTAINMENT COUPON BOOKS<br />

• For approximately 10 years, our intergroup has been selling<br />

entertainment coupon books as a fund-raising project. This has<br />

caused dissension over the last couple of years because some<br />

people say we are violating Tradition Six by endorsing an outside<br />

enterprise. How is this different from selling a mug or a T-shirt?<br />

The answer to your query does appear to be in a gray area. For this<br />

reason, the OA Board of Trustees discussed the issue at a recent meeting.<br />

The consensus of the board was that selling entertainment coupon books<br />

could be considered endorsement of an outside enterprise. The board felt<br />

that this type of sale would connect the OA program to local businesses,<br />

implying an affiliation. When mugs or T-shirts are sold, the mug or T-shirt<br />

manufacturer is not being promoted.<br />

31


We want to stick to our primary purpose, <strong>and</strong> selling coupons is not<br />

OA’s purpose. We don’t affiliate with anyone, <strong>and</strong> we are self-supporting.<br />

Since this appears to be controversial, perhaps you could choose a<br />

more traditional fund-raiser that would bring peace, growth <strong>and</strong> recovery<br />

to your intergroup. You could sponsor a mini-marathon with a suggested<br />

donation or a dance with an OA speaker, or you might even consider<br />

selling T-shirts <strong>and</strong> mugs.<br />

—January 2000<br />

EXERCISE<br />

• Our group has added exercise as a tool when we read the list of<br />

OA’s tools at meetings. Is there any policy that restricts our group<br />

from doing this?<br />

Although OA groups are autonomous, this autonomy does not<br />

protect actions that might affect OA as a whole. No specific policy states<br />

that groups may or may not add tools at their discretion. However, since<br />

the 2006 World Service Business Conference voted down a motion to add<br />

exercise as a tool, your group’s decision violates Tradition Four.<br />

Opinions vary on the value of physical activity. The OA Fellowship is<br />

not qualified to comment on exercise, nutrition or any other medical or<br />

psychological matter. Just as an OA member makes a personal choice to<br />

use a plan of eating, he or she can choose whether to use exercise as a<br />

tool. The best way to decide is by using resources outside of OA.<br />

— May 2007<br />

GROUP CONSCIENCE—NEEDLEWORK<br />

• One of our groups voted through the group conscience to<br />

prohibit members from working on needlework during meetings.<br />

Some members think that because the only requirement for<br />

membership is a desire to stop eating compulsively, needlework<br />

should be allowed. Others cite group autonomy <strong>and</strong> think<br />

members who divide their attention between the people sharing<br />

<strong>and</strong> needlework projects are showing boredom <strong>and</strong> inattention.<br />

Some who bring needlework say they do it to allay nervousness<br />

<strong>and</strong> hyperactivity. Was the decision to ban needlework acceptable<br />

or a Tradition break?<br />

“Each group should be autonomous except in matters affecting<br />

other groups or OA as a whole” (Tradition Four). Group autonomy<br />

extends to all things that go on within a group that don’t affect other<br />

groups. This group’s decision to change a meeting format to include a<br />

request that individuals refrain from needlework does not violate the OA<br />

Traditions. However, the individuals who do the needlework (or any<br />

32


action determined unwanted at a meeting) are likely to take the result of<br />

the group conscience as a personal attack. Such a decision should be<br />

made <strong>and</strong> implemented carefully or the question might come up<br />

repeatedly at group conscience meetings.<br />

Although the only requirement for OA membership is the desire to<br />

stop eating compulsively, that doesn’t mean a group must condone<br />

members’ actions they find objectionable.<br />

I recall a situation in the early 1980s when groups wanted to ban<br />

smoking at meetings. The same questions arose. Members didn’t object<br />

when the facility where the meeting was held prohibited smoking, but it<br />

created much angst <strong>and</strong> hurt feelings when the group banned smoking in<br />

a facility that allowed it. However, the group determined the decision was<br />

within the boundaries of group autonomy because the smoking annoyed<br />

enough people to cause a majority to vote for a smoke-free meeting.<br />

We can apply the same principle to the group’s decision to prohibit<br />

needlework.<br />

— April 2004<br />

GROUP CONSCIENCE—TRADITION ONE<br />

• At OA group-conscience meetings, isn’t it a violation of Tradition<br />

One to use a majority vote instead of consensus or “substantial<br />

unanimity”?<br />

Tradition One has to be viewed in conjunction with Tradition Two,<br />

which speaks of our group conscience. Unity does not mean unanimous<br />

agreement. A member can disagree with the group but be unified in<br />

accepting the group conscience in the spirit of unanimity.<br />

Concept 12(d) of the OA Twelve Concepts helps us answer this<br />

question: “The spiritual foundation for OA service ensures that . . . all<br />

important decisions shall be reached by discussion, vote <strong>and</strong>, whenever<br />

possible, by substantial unanimity.” The more important the decision, the<br />

greater the percentage voting for or against the motion should be.<br />

Sometimes, however, a decision must be made for the good of the group,<br />

<strong>and</strong> a majority could be the deciding factor. If time permits, however, a<br />

decision on a contentious issue should be postponed until there can be<br />

substantial unanimity.<br />

Concept 12(d) in The Twelve Concepts of OA Service pamphlet,<br />

which was approved by the 2001 World Service Business Conference,<br />

further states: “Although a specified percentage of a vote is required . . .,<br />

issues should be discussed many times whenever possible until the group<br />

reaches substantial unanimity. OA groups are best served when they<br />

diligently listen to the minority <strong>and</strong> do not decide on matters by a close<br />

vote. A close vote is usually an indication that group conscience has not<br />

yet been reached.”<br />

33


Group conscience means to move slowly. The person in the minority<br />

may be speaking God’s words.<br />

— September 2001<br />

GROUPS—A DEFINITION<br />

• The January 2002 issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> asked about registered<br />

groups that do not agree with their intergroups. In our area, the<br />

intergroup does not seem to accept groups with the OA HOW<br />

format as legitimate OA groups. <strong>It</strong> seems unclear why the<br />

intergroup should or should not list HOW groups. Why would<br />

these groups contribute to an intergroup that does not recognize<br />

them? My underst<strong>and</strong>ing is that they may be recognized by world<br />

service <strong>and</strong> not by the local intergroup. Would you help clear up<br />

this confusion?<br />

The definition of an OA group is found in the OA Inc. Bylaws,<br />

Subpart B, Article V, Section 1, Definition, which states:<br />

“These points shall define an OA group:<br />

1) As a group, they meet to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

2) All who have the desire to stop eating compulsively are welcome<br />

in the group.<br />

3) No member is required to practice any actions in order to remain<br />

a member or to have a voice (share at a meeting).<br />

4) As a group they have no affiliation other than OA.”<br />

These criteria are listed on the back of the group registration form,<br />

<strong>and</strong> any group that submits a completed form is registered by the World<br />

Service Office. <strong>It</strong> is difficult to answer your questions without knowing<br />

why the intergroup does not recognize OA HOW meetings in the area.<br />

Perhaps the intergroup does not underst<strong>and</strong> the OA HOW concept or<br />

thinks OA HOW groups are not complying with the definition of a group<br />

<strong>and</strong> practicing the Twelve Traditions. <strong>It</strong> would seem the solution lies in<br />

creating better communication between the OA HOW groups <strong>and</strong> the<br />

intergroup to clear up misunderst<strong>and</strong>ings on both parts. OA’s “Unity with<br />

Diversity” statement encourages the entire Fellowship to accept <strong>and</strong><br />

respect various concepts of working our Twelve-Step program.<br />

— January 2003<br />

HOW—ACTIONS IN AN AREA<br />

• Certain actions of HOW meetings in my area concern me.<br />

1. Should the name of OA/HOW be used in advertisements?<br />

2. Should my sponsor dictate the foods I should <strong>and</strong> should<br />

not eat?<br />

34


3. Should HOW members refuse to associate with another<br />

member who is not working the program the HOW way?<br />

4. Should a person not working the HOW program be denied<br />

service positions?<br />

5. Should a sponsor drop a sponsoree who does not weigh<br />

<strong>and</strong> measure food in restaurants?<br />

All OA meetings should consider whether their actions help<br />

compulsive overeaters find recovery through the Twelve Steps or hinder<br />

their finding recovery. Many meetings identify themselves by their special<br />

interests: Big Book studies, HOW, maintainers, newcomers, men, women.<br />

As long as they don’t exclude others from sharing, they are not breaching<br />

Tradition Three.<br />

All OA members have the right to their own way of treating other<br />

OAers. However, those who insist that others follow a particular food<br />

plan, do not associate with members who work the Steps differently, or<br />

drop sponsorees because their food plans are different should question<br />

whether they are helping or hindering OA as a whole <strong>and</strong> whether they<br />

are helping or hindering the recovery of an individual member.<br />

Many meetings have requirements for service positions, usually<br />

linked to a notion of the kind of experience necessary to benefit the<br />

group. Requiring those who serve to follow a particular way of doing the<br />

Steps may exclude people who could benefit the group. No one should<br />

feel excluded from a group: That’s what Tradition Three is all about. We<br />

should always remember that OA is our home <strong>and</strong> we exist to provide a<br />

home to those who suffer.<br />

— December 2004<br />

HOW—GROUPS AND FOOD PLANS<br />

• Our OA group gets quite a few visitors from a nearby HOW<br />

meeting. These members use meeting time to talk about food<br />

plans <strong>and</strong> the grams of fat in what they eat. I’m a bit confused.<br />

Are HOW meetings recognized by OA?<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>’s World Service Office registers any group<br />

that sends in a completed group registration form. On the back of this<br />

form are listed the criteria that define what an OA group is according to<br />

OA’s bylaws. As the form states, only those groups that comply with this<br />

definition may be registered with the WSO.<br />

To paraphrase the criteria, an OA group is any group consisting of<br />

two or more persons that: meets to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of OA; welcomes all who have a desire to stop eating<br />

compulsively; requires no member to practice any actions in order to<br />

remain a member or share at meetings; <strong>and</strong>, as a group, has no<br />

35


affiliation other than OA. By submitting this form, a group is stating that<br />

it agrees to abide by the above points.<br />

Within your own meeting, a group conscience might be taken<br />

regarding the discussion of details of specific food plans <strong>and</strong> dieting tips<br />

during meetings. Perhaps a request might be read at the beginning of<br />

each meeting asking members to keep their emphasis on recovery<br />

through the Twelve Steps.<br />

— July 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

September/October 1991<br />

HOW—HOW CONCEPT AND TRADITIONS VIOLATIONS<br />

• What is the HOW concept of OA recovery? How does it fit into<br />

the larger OA Fellowship? What about Traditions violations, such<br />

as the endorsement of food plans <strong>and</strong> requirements for OA<br />

membership other than a desire to stop eating compulsively?<br />

HOW is an acronym for “honesty, open-mindedness <strong>and</strong><br />

willingness”—the indispensable essentials of recovery as described in the<br />

“Big Book.” HOW meetings began in Phoenix, Arizona, when a difference<br />

of direction divided the local intergroup. Members of the new intergroup<br />

felt the need to emphasize the concrete use of food plans to attain<br />

physical recovery while working the Steps.<br />

HOW meetings emphasize a “disciplined <strong>and</strong> structured” approach<br />

to working OA’s Twelve Steps. That means members work the Steps with<br />

a concerted effort, study OA literature, consistently follow a plan of eating<br />

(provided or approved by a health-care professional), communicate with<br />

a sponsor <strong>and</strong> use all the tools of recovery. During their first 30 days,<br />

HOW sponsorees are encouraged to complete the first three Steps,<br />

remain abstinent, make a commitment to attend OA meetings, report<br />

their daily menus <strong>and</strong> answer Step-related questions. While there are<br />

some variations, these are the practices of most HOW groups.<br />

Since 1981 HOW meetings have migrated to other places in the<br />

United States, Canada <strong>and</strong> countries in Regions Nine <strong>and</strong> Ten. Each HOW<br />

group <strong>and</strong> intergroup is as autonomous as every other group <strong>and</strong><br />

intergroup; there is no universal HOW consciousness or any such thing as<br />

a HOW authority, other than the Fellowship of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

HOW members are “chopping wood <strong>and</strong> carrying water” at every OA<br />

service level along with the rest of our Fellowship. OA’s “Unity with<br />

Diversity” statement encourages the entire Fellowship to accept <strong>and</strong><br />

respect various concepts of working our Twelve-Step program.<br />

Some OAers have questions about whether HOW endorses a<br />

particular food plan. The answer is that HOW groups <strong>and</strong> intergroups are<br />

encouraging members to adopt a plan of eating; this is in accordance<br />

with OA policies <strong>and</strong> the guidelines in The Tools of Recovery pamphlet.<br />

36


As for requirements for membership or for sharing at a meeting, HOW<br />

groups may have requirements for service, as do most OA groups, but<br />

not for sharing at or attending the meeting.<br />

Sometimes there is confusion about HOW’s use of locally produced<br />

literature, outside literature <strong>and</strong> OA-approved literature. According to OA<br />

policy, it is okay for groups to use literature created by local OA service<br />

bodies “with the greatest discretion.” When a comparable piece of<br />

literature is available through WSO, the locally produced piece is<br />

discontinued. For example, most HOW groups are discovering that The<br />

Twelve-Step Workbook of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> does a much better job<br />

than the older “30-Day <strong>Questions</strong>,” which was adapted from another<br />

Twelve-Step program.<br />

However, if a group indisputably exceeds the bounds of OA policies,<br />

bylaws <strong>and</strong> Traditions, the Board of Trustees, with the approval of<br />

Conference, will cancel the group’s registration as an OA meeting. This<br />

happened in 1996 with the Southern California HOW/OA Intergroup.<br />

Though asked many times over a six-year period to comply with OA<br />

Traditions, bylaws <strong>and</strong> policies, the intergroup persisted in endorsing <strong>and</strong><br />

distributing food plans, imposing requirements for sharing at meetings,<br />

endorsing <strong>and</strong> selling outside literature <strong>and</strong> modifying the wording of the<br />

Twelve Traditions. The intergroup <strong>and</strong> its affiliated groups were deregistered,<br />

though groups were informed of the option to remain affiliated<br />

with OA through another intergroup.<br />

Our widest possible group conscience vote has established the right<br />

of diverse concepts to exist within the same framework established for<br />

every OA group <strong>and</strong> service body. The First Tradition tells us “ . . .<br />

personal recovery depends on OA unity.” When we focus on everything<br />

we have in common, rather than on our differences, we proclaim our<br />

unity <strong>and</strong> our own recovery. Then we can dedicate our energies to<br />

fulfilling our primary purpose.<br />

— July 1997<br />

INTERGROUP SERVICES—SUPPORTED BY SEVENTH TRADITION<br />

• People in our area are getting the wrong idea about money<br />

donated to our intergroup. What services should this money<br />

support?<br />

Intergroups typically have expenses to support OA services related<br />

to OA business that they conduct. Those expenses can be meeting room<br />

rental, telephone bills for OA answering services, newsletter expenses<br />

<strong>and</strong> OA office rental. Intergroups often have special committees whose<br />

mission it is to spread the OA message: special events; public<br />

information; hospitals, institutions, professionals <strong>and</strong> the military. These<br />

37


committees often incur expenses in conducting their activities. The<br />

Seventh Tradition monies donated to the intergroup fund these expenses.<br />

— April 2000<br />

JOURNALS AND DEATH<br />

• The July 1996 issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong> asked our readers how you would<br />

h<strong>and</strong>le an OA friend’s journals after the member’s unexpected<br />

death. We asked, too, how you would like your surviving family<br />

<strong>and</strong> friends to treat your writings after your death. Below are<br />

excerpts from responses we received.<br />

Some things are better left unread. Writing has always been my<br />

favorite tool because I could write what I’d never say out loud to<br />

anyone—sometimes with good reason.<br />

I collected a stack of journals over three feet high in eight years in<br />

OA; I thought they were too important to throw away. But then, on two<br />

occasions, the wrong eyes read my writings, <strong>and</strong> the results were<br />

disastrous. Not too long after, I realized the stack had become a burden.<br />

I looked at it <strong>and</strong> said to myself, “Not only does it contain extremely<br />

private information, but I will probably never read any of it. <strong>It</strong>’s full of<br />

painful lessons I’ve already learned, <strong>and</strong>, basically, I’ve moved on.” I<br />

decided to burn it all during an unusually cold spring night. I’d<br />

recommend the same for any OAer.<br />

S.M., Long Isl<strong>and</strong>, New York USA<br />

I save my journals to review the year on New Year’s Day; it’s<br />

surprising how helpful they are. I’ve had some concerns about keeping<br />

my journals, though. I live alone, <strong>and</strong> my grown sons would be the ones<br />

to find them after I’m gone. So, I’ve decided to attach a note to the<br />

journals. <strong>It</strong> goes like this:<br />

“The writing in my journals was for the sole purpose of helping me<br />

to underst<strong>and</strong> myself <strong>and</strong> life in general. If you choose to read them, you<br />

may be shocked at times, bored at other times, <strong>and</strong> you may question<br />

my sanity at times. I wrote my feelings as I was feeling them, my<br />

thoughts as they came to mind, my beliefs as I saw them at the time.<br />

“However, all of that is flexible <strong>and</strong> changing, <strong>and</strong> I don’t write<br />

everything down, so please keep that in mind.<br />

“Life is precious to me, <strong>and</strong> I believe it continues on even after<br />

death. I want to grow <strong>and</strong> learn while I’m here on earth, <strong>and</strong> my<br />

journaling helps me to do that.”<br />

K.S., New London, Minnesota USA<br />

My response to the question of how to h<strong>and</strong>le the journals of an OA<br />

friend or family member who had died is to destroy them without reading<br />

38


them. I believe that no one has the right to the private material in<br />

anyone’s journal, unless a person specifically designates someone to own<br />

<strong>and</strong> read the journals in the event of his or her death.<br />

I have been in OA five years, <strong>and</strong> I also teach journaling classes. In<br />

all the material I have read <strong>and</strong> presented on journaling, <strong>and</strong> from my<br />

personal underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the spiritual <strong>and</strong> psychological value of journalkeeping,<br />

I think that no one has the privilege of reading anyone’s journal.<br />

I told my oldest daughter several years ago that she is the one to<br />

own my journals when I die. <strong>Lifeline</strong> has raised a very important issue<br />

with this question; those who keep journals should give prayerful<br />

consideration to the h<strong>and</strong>ling of their journals in the event of sickness or<br />

death.<br />

J.N., Poughkeepsie, New York USA<br />

I am 79 now <strong>and</strong> am living a better spiritual life than I ever thought<br />

possible. I believe I’ve been brought to these rooms of recovery for a<br />

reason: to carry the message of recovery to other compulsive people.<br />

Through my album of writings, I can send a message after I’m gone.<br />

Nothing would please me so much as the fact that all my learning <strong>and</strong><br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing from others would be passed on <strong>and</strong> on. How can we know<br />

to what lengths these messages will travel?<br />

I come from a compulsive family. Maybe someone reading my<br />

journals could see that it is okay to seek help. My Gr<strong>and</strong>ma did. She<br />

didn’t fear anyone; she just wanted the obsession to stop talking to her.<br />

I also make a point of donating tapes <strong>and</strong> literature to newcomers<br />

<strong>and</strong> to meetings. My heart goes out to those in pain, <strong>and</strong> I think this<br />

small act will be remembered. I know I inspire others to keep coming<br />

back. This is my reward.<br />

V., Pennsylvania, USA<br />

My husb<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> I are updating our wills <strong>and</strong> you can be sure I will<br />

include information on how I would like this h<strong>and</strong>led.<br />

My personal wish is that all my writings <strong>and</strong> any printed literature<br />

with written notations be discarded without reading them or sharing them<br />

with anyone. Burning would be my choice. I ordinarily do not save any<br />

writings beyond the notebook that I currently use because they contain<br />

information which I do not want to reveal to anyone.<br />

Within the last year, my family was involved in a lawsuit where<br />

some of my OA literature <strong>and</strong> some of my husb<strong>and</strong>’s writings became<br />

part of the evidence. <strong>It</strong> was particularly painful to listen to a stranger—an<br />

adversary looking for “dirt”—comb through the information <strong>and</strong> twist it to<br />

make us out as monsters. As a result I have learned to quickly clean up<br />

my resentments <strong>and</strong> destroy each day’s writing within the week it was<br />

written. Unfortunately, it has made me less trusting <strong>and</strong> more fearful of<br />

39


evealing myself on paper. This occurred after a 16-year membership in<br />

OA during which I wrote faithfully every day.<br />

In this program, we learn to take care of ourselves by creating a<br />

safe environment for ourselves. Each of us decides how to do that in a<br />

way that allows us to live free of fear.<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong><br />

— November 1996<br />

LETTERS FORWARDED FROM WSO<br />

• Sometimes our intergroup receives letters forwarded to us that<br />

have been sent to the World Service Office by prospective<br />

members in our area. We’re unsure about what’s been done <strong>and</strong><br />

what we’re supposed to do. How does WSO respond to inquiries<br />

from those wishing to start new meetings? What can our<br />

intergroup do?<br />

When someone inquires about <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, the World<br />

Service Office staff replies with a special information packet. <strong>It</strong> contains<br />

the pamphlets OA Cares, About OA, Many Symptoms, One Solution, <strong>and</strong><br />

a meeting list for the appropriate area. If the person lives in a remote<br />

area or is otherwise unable to attend meetings, a Service by Mail<br />

pamphlet is also included, along with telephone numbers of the closest<br />

intergroup for personal contacts. [Service by Mail program no longer<br />

exists.]<br />

If the letter asks for help in starting a new group, the WSO staff<br />

sends a $9 Group Starter Kit containing a Suggested Meeting Format, 26<br />

OA-approved pamphlets, a current OA Literature Catalog, a recent issue<br />

of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, <strong>Lifeline</strong> subscription forms, a <strong>Lifeline</strong> Meeting Format <strong>and</strong><br />

Writer’s Guidelines for the magazine.<br />

The office has recently discontinued contacting the intergroup in the<br />

correspondent’s area, hoping to avert confusion over the intergroup’s<br />

role. Rather, we encourage the new group to return its Group Registration<br />

form to the World Service Office, <strong>and</strong> then contact the closest intergroup<br />

themselves.<br />

The intergroup provides the vital contact between the group, region<br />

<strong>and</strong> World Service levels of OA. Even remote groups can maintain contact<br />

through intergroup affiliation. Sometimes a group or intergroup will<br />

“sponsor” a new meeting for a short period, sending members to attend<br />

<strong>and</strong> participate. For remote groups, a sponsor-group might send taped<br />

meetings, correspond with newcomers <strong>and</strong> provide phone support. There<br />

is also an OA meeting on tape available from the WSO.<br />

Ultimately, it’s the personal contact that makes the difference.<br />

Trustees, delegates, representatives <strong>and</strong> other dedicated members<br />

committed to OA service are the essential ingredients. They provide the<br />

40


energy <strong>and</strong> personal example that breathes life into new groups, nurtures<br />

new members <strong>and</strong> keeps “old” members coming back.<br />

— December 1995<br />

LIFELINE IN TWELFTH-STEP WORK<br />

• How can our group use <strong>Lifeline</strong> in our Twelfth-Step work?<br />

Reports from individuals <strong>and</strong> groups who use <strong>Lifeline</strong> to carry the<br />

message give a number of suggestions. One group recommends holding a<br />

special session to brainstorm on this subject. Each person is asked to toss<br />

out ideas, which one of the members jots down. Later, the group sifts out<br />

the ones that are workable.<br />

Here are some suggestions that are used in many areas:<br />

Donate subscriptions to the following institutions <strong>and</strong> individuals.<br />

(Always ask permission in advance if the proposed recipients are non-<br />

OA.)<br />

⎯⎯ Public libraries, school libraries, patients' libraries in<br />

hospitals (contributions of back copies may also be welcome<br />

there).<br />

⎯⎯ Physicians, clergy, guidance counselors, therapists,<br />

nutritionists <strong>and</strong> others who work with compulsive overeaters.<br />

⎯⎯ Friends <strong>and</strong> relatives.<br />

Leave copies in waiting rooms <strong>and</strong> lounges of airports <strong>and</strong> bus<br />

stations, on airplane <strong>and</strong> bus seats, in restrooms, coffee shops, exercise<br />

clubs, laundromats, schools, <strong>and</strong> churches.<br />

Give a copy of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, past or current, to newcomers at their first<br />

meeting.<br />

Keep a stack of <strong>Lifeline</strong>s where guests can browse through them in<br />

your home.<br />

Carry a copy or two with you to give to someone with whom you<br />

may strike up a conversation about dieting, overweight, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

— November 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

September/October 1981<br />

LITERATURE—APPROVAL AND TRADITION SIX<br />

• Why can't OA give Conference approval to non-OA/AA<br />

literature? There are several publications that do not conflict with<br />

the Twelve-Step program <strong>and</strong> which our group would like to make<br />

available to the member.<br />

Tradition Six states, "An OA group ought never endorse, finance, or<br />

lend the OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise . . ." To<br />

give Conference approval to non-OA/AA literature would be to endorse<br />

41


<strong>and</strong> lend the OA name to an outside enterprise, namely the publishers of<br />

the books, pamphlets, or what-have-you.<br />

The history of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> makes clear that the Twelve<br />

Traditions evolved mainly as a result of just such problems of outside<br />

endorsement <strong>and</strong> affiliation encountered in that Fellowship's early years.<br />

The principles those founding AAs set forth in the Traditions are<br />

comparable in their inspired wisdom only to the Twelve Steps. Through<br />

their built-in protection against anything that would "divert use from our<br />

primary purpose," they make recovery possible for each of us.<br />

— January 1993 <strong>and</strong> July 1989, reprinted from WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1982<br />

LITERATURE—COST OF OA’S “TWELVE AND TWELVE”<br />

• Why does OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” at $10.99 cost so much<br />

more than AA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” at $4.25? Can we lower the<br />

price?<br />

The simple answer is that AA is a much larger organization than OA<br />

<strong>and</strong> sells many more copies of its “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve.” Therefore, it can<br />

print larger quantities at a lower price <strong>and</strong> pass the savings on to its<br />

members.<br />

— June 2001<br />

• Why does OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” cost so much more than<br />

AA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve”? Can WSO lower the price?<br />

The Board of Trustees’ Executive Committee reviews the selling<br />

price of each piece of literature. Committee members consider the cost of<br />

printing as well as any other production expenses.<br />

OA has a much smaller membership than AA, so there are fewer<br />

potential buyers for any given piece of literature. We therefore order<br />

fewer copies at a time, so the cost of printing per book (or pamphlet) is<br />

greater. We do not get the same volume discounts—i.e., the more items<br />

printed, the lower the cost per item.<br />

Literature sales make up a large percentage of the income of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, Inc. In 2005, literature sales were just under 58<br />

percent of the total income, with donations making up most of the<br />

remaining income. For us to support the programs offered to our<br />

membership, we must maintain a reasonable profit margin on our<br />

literature.<br />

The OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” is now available in a pocket edition.<br />

This smaller size at a lower cost has the complete text found in the fullsize<br />

edition.<br />

— November 2006<br />

42


LITERATURE—HOW DIFFERENT SYMPTOMS ARE ADDRESSED<br />

• If OA exists for all people who are obsessed with food,<br />

regardless of their particular symptoms, why do the invitation<br />

cards <strong>and</strong> other pieces of OA literature address solely the<br />

concerns of the overeater—the one who suffers from weight,<br />

failed diets <strong>and</strong> so on?<br />

For many years now, a number of people whose obsession with<br />

food included behaviors other than overeating have found recovery in OA.<br />

The 1992 WSBC acknowledged this diversity with a Policy Statement:<br />

“The World Service Business Conference resolves to welcome anorexics<br />

<strong>and</strong> bulimics in the OA Fellowship as full <strong>and</strong> equal members.”<br />

While those involved with the development <strong>and</strong> approval of<br />

literature recognize this fact, their efforts are also guided by this<br />

Fellowship’s primary purpose as stated in the OA Preamble: “Our primary<br />

purpose is to abstain from compulsive overeating <strong>and</strong> to carry this<br />

message of recovery to those who still suffer.”<br />

Additional guidance for the development of literature is provided by<br />

the WSBC Policy 1982a which states that OA “does not have any<br />

literature for specific eating disorders other than compulsive overeating.<br />

We welcome in love <strong>and</strong> fellowship all who have the desire to stop eating<br />

compulsively.”<br />

Although we are prohibited from developing literature for specific<br />

eating disorders other than compulsive overeating, our literature does<br />

acknowledge that there are members in our Fellowship who are<br />

recovering from other food obsessions. The leaflet “Many Symptoms, One<br />

Solution” informs the newcomer that our members may vary greatly in<br />

body size as well as in their particular obsessions <strong>and</strong> behaviors with<br />

food. “Our symptoms may vary,” it says, “but we share a common bond:<br />

We are powerless over food <strong>and</strong> our lives are unmanageable . . . We find<br />

that no matter what our symptoms, we all suffer from the same disease—<br />

one that can be arrested by living this program one day at a time.”* This<br />

leaflet might be especially helpful to your group in welcoming all<br />

newcomers.<br />

Additions <strong>and</strong> changes to OA literature are voted on <strong>and</strong> approved<br />

at the annual World Service Business Conference in May. If you feel<br />

strongly about changing the wording of existing OA literature, talk to your<br />

intergroup’s World Service delegate about having this issue brought up<br />

for discussion at a future Conference.<br />

* “Many Symptoms, One Solution” © 1991, 1995, <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, Inc. All rights reserved.<br />

— May 1996<br />

43


LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND OUTSIDE ISSUES<br />

• Is it a violation of the Sixth <strong>and</strong> Tenth Traditions if an OA<br />

member distributes non-OA-approved literature to other OA<br />

members or talks about outside issues during the break at an OA<br />

meeting?<br />

Although these folks may be well-meaning, when they bring non-OA<br />

materials or issues into the setting of an OA meeting, they sidetrack the<br />

meeting’s primary purpose. OA members need to carry the OA message.<br />

When members include non-OA literature or outside issues in a meeting,<br />

even if it is during a break, they dilute <strong>and</strong> divert OA’s message.<br />

While a break during an OA meeting does not have an official<br />

format, it is a part of the meeting process; thus, members most certainly<br />

need to consider Traditions. Use of non-OA literature or the introduction<br />

of outside issues is not in keeping with Traditions Six <strong>and</strong> Ten. We carry<br />

our OA message of recovery through OA’s Twelve Steps, Twelve<br />

Traditions <strong>and</strong> the tools. Anything else brought into the OA meeting<br />

environment distorts the message. As our “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” states in<br />

Step Twelve, “Also, we’ve found it less confusing to others if we make it a<br />

habit when sharing about the program to concentrate on our OA<br />

experience, rather than on aspects of our experience not related to OA”<br />

(page 102). Therefore, the Steps as well as the Traditions reinforce the<br />

strong suggestion of staying focused clearly <strong>and</strong> solely on the OA<br />

message at any OA function.<br />

— June 1999<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED AND TRADITION SIX<br />

• How do you respond to an OA member who keeps requesting<br />

that non-OA-approved literature be set out at meetings?<br />

There are some meetings that still do have non-OA-approved<br />

literature on their tables at OA meetings. First, this gives a confusing<br />

picture to the newcomer. Some of the non-approved literature is<br />

packaged with a lot of color, <strong>and</strong> the titles are such that persons may<br />

wish to read them. However, we are a Twelve-Step recovery<br />

organization, <strong>and</strong>, as such, we need to offer the newcomer (<strong>and</strong> the rest<br />

of us) material pertaining to <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. As groups within our<br />

Fellowship, we must abide by the Traditions, by-laws <strong>and</strong> policies of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

The latest policy on this issue is as follows:<br />

“1993b The following Policy Statement was adopted:<br />

“<strong>It</strong> is the group conscience of the 1993 WSBC that the sale or<br />

display of literature other than OA-approved literature (as described in<br />

44


WSBC Policy 1982b) is an implied endorsement of outside enterprises,<br />

<strong>and</strong> therefore in violation with Tradition Six.”<br />

Each intergroup should have a copy of all of the OA Guidelines. One<br />

of them is the approved list of OA/AA literature.<br />

— April 1998<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: CITING IN MEETING<br />

• Recently I redirected a meeting speaker who was reading a<br />

lengthy selection from a non-OA-approved piece of literature.<br />

Later another OA member confronted me about citing a book I<br />

was reading during my share <strong>and</strong> asked how I could justify this<br />

behavior after criticizing someone else. I said I was just<br />

describing my experience <strong>and</strong> felt more comfortable having the<br />

authority of a book. I try to share only the idea <strong>and</strong> not give the<br />

names of books or authors, but, being human, I slip up. Would<br />

you address this issue?<br />

Tradition Three tells us that the primary purpose of an OA meeting<br />

is to carry the OA message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.<br />

Can the meeting do that well if outside sources are referred to as<br />

authorities? Tradition Ten tells us that we have no opinion on outside<br />

issues. Aren’t outside sources outside issues? If we stick to our primary<br />

purpose—carrying the message—we avoid controversy <strong>and</strong> make our<br />

meetings places where the OA message, clear <strong>and</strong> simple, is carried to<br />

those who still suffer.<br />

Citing an outside piece of literature raises problems with respect to<br />

these two Traditions. Referring to books as authorities, whether or not<br />

excerpts from them are read aloud, might raise the same issues. As<br />

always, it is a matter of individual <strong>and</strong> group conscience.<br />

— June 2003<br />

LITERATURE—NON-OA-APPROVED: OFFERING IN MEETINGS<br />

• Our local meetings are being flooded with literature from eating<br />

disorder centers. I shared my concern about this <strong>and</strong> found that<br />

none of the other old-timers seems to feel as I do. That scares<br />

me. In offering outside literature, aren’t we violating the<br />

Traditions?<br />

Many OAers agree that displaying outside literature at OA meetings<br />

is at odds with the principles embodied in the twelve traditions. The World<br />

Service Conference of 1976 adopted the following statement, which was<br />

reaffirmed by the 1982 Conference: “In accordance with our Traditions,<br />

we suggest that OA groups maintain unity <strong>and</strong> protect our Traditions by<br />

selling only program books <strong>and</strong> pamphlets at their meetings.”<br />

45


While this suggestion is clearly not m<strong>and</strong>atory, most groups choose<br />

to offer only OA <strong>and</strong> AA Conference-approved literature at meetings. They<br />

believe that outside literature, regardless of its source, only confuses<br />

newcomers <strong>and</strong> thus diverts the group from its primary purpose.<br />

If, for example, the newcomer picks up a pamphlet that gives<br />

health tips or diet <strong>and</strong> exercise information, one could hardly blame the<br />

person for assuming these suggestions are part of the OA program.<br />

OA neither endorses nor opposes any outside enterprise, including<br />

literature. Each of us is certainly free to read whatever we wish <strong>and</strong> to<br />

recommend it privately to our friends <strong>and</strong> to those we sponsor. As<br />

members of an OA group, however, we ought to decide what message we<br />

want our group to carry <strong>and</strong> how best to do so.<br />

— October 1989, reprinted from WSO Notebook,<br />

September/October 1986<br />

LITERATURE—ORDERING FROM HAZELDEN<br />

• I recently began ordering the literature for a new group. I was<br />

told not to order literature from Hazelden, but it is the only place I<br />

can find certain chips/tokens. What should I do?<br />

Groups are urged to keep OA self-supporting by ordering literature<br />

<strong>and</strong> other products from the World Service Office whenever possible.<br />

WSO offers engravable recovery medallions (available with or<br />

without a velour keepsake case) to acknowledge anniversaries. Also<br />

available are colored plastic tokens to welcome newcomers, as well as to<br />

honor 30-day, 60-day, 90-day, six-month <strong>and</strong> nine-month birthdays. If<br />

your group wishes to purchase chips that OA does not provide, then you<br />

are free to go to any source that supplies them.<br />

The suggestion not to order from Hazelden or other publishers<br />

applies only to non-OA literature, since the Traditions suggest that only<br />

OA Conference-approved literature be sold at meetings.<br />

— July 1995<br />

LITERATURE—PAYING FOR PAMPHLETS AND SEVENTH TRADITION<br />

• Members <strong>and</strong> newcomers in my new group are expected to pay<br />

for pamphlets. In my old group, we never thought of charging<br />

desperate people for pamphlets. Were we wrong?<br />

OA’s Seventh Tradition suggests that all groups should seek to be<br />

“self-supporting” through their own contributions. Most group expenses<br />

are met through passing the basket at meetings; for some groups, this<br />

amount is adequate to cover all expenses, including some free literature<br />

for newcomers.<br />

46


However, there is nothing “wrong” with charging the suggested<br />

price for the pamphlets in an effort to become self-supporting <strong>and</strong> to<br />

provide financial support to the intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> World Service.<br />

(See the pamphlet Self-Supporting the 60/30/10 Way for a more<br />

thorough discussion of how groups traditionally distribute these financial<br />

contributions.)<br />

<strong>Ask</strong> your group’s treasurer for a financial report, so that the group<br />

conscience can decide the best ways to offer help to the still-suffering<br />

compulsive overeater.<br />

However, remember that part of every Twelve-Step <strong>and</strong> Twelve-<br />

Tradition program is to take responsibility for our lives <strong>and</strong> actions in<br />

order to become self-supporting as groups <strong>and</strong> individuals. Most literature<br />

sells for far less than the newcomer might be spending on her/his<br />

disease. We must convince them in our meeting that it is better to buy<br />

the literature than to compulsively overeat.<br />

— July 1995<br />

LITERATURE—USE OF WORD “GOD” IN<br />

• In OA, I have always understood that I should say “Higher<br />

Power” <strong>and</strong> not “God” so as not to exclude members whose<br />

religions do not involve one or more deities. Why, then, is OA<br />

literature <strong>and</strong> speech so oriented toward referring to Higher<br />

Power as “God”?<br />

When one speaks of God as one’s Higher Power, it is not with the<br />

intention of excluding anyone. <strong>It</strong> is exercising the freedom given to each<br />

member of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> to believe in <strong>and</strong> speak of a God of his<br />

or her own underst<strong>and</strong>ing. This freedom is given to us in Steps Three <strong>and</strong><br />

Eleven of the Twelve Steps of OA. These Steps invite us to underst<strong>and</strong><br />

God in our own way. The word “God” is widely accepted in a number of<br />

religions, not just Christianity, <strong>and</strong> among those who practice no specific<br />

religion at all.<br />

OA literature <strong>and</strong> speech refers to Higher Power as God because the<br />

Twelve Steps speak of God. However, OA literature does not use the term<br />

“God” exclusively. The references to Higher Power in The Twelve Steps<br />

<strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> are too numerous to<br />

cite. One reference that clarifies our freedom to choose a Higher Power of<br />

our underst<strong>and</strong>ing is on page 13 of the “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve”: “OA doesn’t<br />

tell us we have to believe in God—only that a Power greater than<br />

ourselves could restore us to sanity. We are invited to define that Power<br />

however we wish <strong>and</strong> relate to it in whatever way works for us. OA only<br />

suggests that we remain open to spiritual growth <strong>and</strong> show tolerance for<br />

others by neither criticizing nor promoting specific religious doctrines in<br />

OA meetings.”<br />

47


Since many in OA speak of God, it is apparent that they have<br />

chosen God as their Higher Power. A mention of God by OA members is<br />

not an attempt to exclude people who believe differently; it comes out of<br />

the members’ recovery experiences <strong>and</strong> does not represent OA as a<br />

whole. With love <strong>and</strong> tolerance as our code, we allow each member of our<br />

Fellowship to speak of a Higher Power in whatever way he or she<br />

chooses, as long as it is limited to sharing recovery experiences <strong>and</strong> not a<br />

form of promotion.<br />

— February 2006<br />

MAILING LISTS<br />

• Lately I’ve been receiving more advertising mail than usual.<br />

Does WSO sell OA mailing lists to outside companies?<br />

WSO does not sell or distribute any OA mailing list to anyone<br />

outside the Fellowship.<br />

The World Service Office maintains two lists of registered OA<br />

service bodies. One is a listing of group secretaries representing<br />

registered OA groups. Direct correspondence with OA groups via the<br />

group secretary is one of the limited ways WSO has of communicating<br />

pertinent OA business. The WSO Notebook, which is mailed to all<br />

registered groups via the group secretary, is another. In every case, mail<br />

is sent in unmarked envelopes that simply list WSO’s return address,<br />

without any printed reference to WSO or <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. An OA<br />

region office may request mailing labels for groups in their region for a<br />

region-specific OA mailing.<br />

WSO also maintains a directory of intergroup <strong>and</strong> region offices that<br />

is distributed with group <strong>and</strong> intergroup starter kits. The intergroup<br />

directory may also be purchased by OA members for a nominal price.<br />

As OA is an anonymous organization, there is not official roster of<br />

individual members.<br />

On every mailing list it clearly states, “FOR USE WITHIN OA ONLY,<br />

NOT TO BE USED FOR PERSONAL OR BUSINESS MAILINGS.” While it is<br />

not possible to monitor every mailing list that is sent to OA service bodies<br />

<strong>and</strong> members, it is believed that the “OA only” request is honored.<br />

— May 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, July/August 1988<br />

MANDATE<br />

• What is OA’s current m<strong>and</strong>ate, <strong>and</strong> where do I find it?<br />

OA’s m<strong>and</strong>ate is found in almost all of its literature <strong>and</strong> is part of<br />

what we refer to as the OA Preamble, read at the beginning of most<br />

meetings: “Our primary purpose is to abstain from compulsive overeating<br />

<strong>and</strong> to carry this message of recovery to those who still suffer.” (Read the<br />

48


complete preamble on the inside front cover of <strong>Lifeline</strong>; it begins,<br />

“<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is a Fellowship of individuals . . .”) We derive this<br />

m<strong>and</strong>ate from Step Twelve: “Having had a spiritual awakening as the<br />

result of these steps, we tried to carry this message to compulsive<br />

overeaters <strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all our affairs.” Both<br />

individually <strong>and</strong> as an organization, we compulsive overeaters must carry<br />

the message of recovery to those who still suffer, or we will return to<br />

compulsive overeating. That is the message of Step Twelve.<br />

— December 2001<br />

MEDICAL ADVICE/MEDICATION<br />

• I am writing regarding an issue of paramount concern to several<br />

of us in our OA meeting group. Some sponsors have advised their<br />

sponsorees to refrain from taking prescribed medication.<br />

According to these sponsors, such individuals are in fact “using.”<br />

This is a dangerous precedent. Medication prescribed for people<br />

by their doctors for specific diagnosed medical conditions is<br />

between the person <strong>and</strong> the health professional. A decision to<br />

terminate medication should never be initiated by “lay people”<br />

<strong>and</strong> surely not OA members.<br />

I personally know of people who have been told not to take<br />

medication prescribed for depression/suicidal tendencies, manicdepressive<br />

disorders, high blood pressure, inflammation,<br />

menstrual pain, hormonal conditions <strong>and</strong> heart conditions. What<br />

is OA policy regarding this issue?<br />

No, this is definitely not OA policy. There are several Traditions <strong>and</strong><br />

policies that can answer this question.<br />

Tradition Three: The only requirement for OA membership is a<br />

desire to stop eating compulsively. You don’t have to stop eating certain<br />

foods, nor do you have to stop taking any kind of medication. (In fact,<br />

you can take what you want <strong>and</strong> leave the rest.) The criteria of Tradition<br />

Three is the only requirement to becoming a member of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

Tradition Five: Each group has but one primary purpose—to carry<br />

its message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers. This is our only<br />

primary purpose.<br />

Tradition Eight: <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> should remain forever<br />

nonprofessional, but our service centers may employ special workers.<br />

This includes any professionals in OA providing advice at OA meetings.<br />

This also falls under the category of “no cross talk,” as described in the<br />

OA pamphlet Suggested Meeting Format.<br />

Tradition Ten: <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> has no opinion on outside<br />

issues; hence, the OA name ought never be drawn into public<br />

49


controversy. Imposing an opinion on the issue of “taking medication”<br />

definitely brings OA into internal <strong>and</strong> possibly public controversy.<br />

Instructing a person to ignore a medical professional’s medication<br />

prescription could result in serious injury or even death to that person. In<br />

some countries, the person or persons in the OA group instructing<br />

sponsorees to stop taking prescribed medication could be charged with<br />

various crimes <strong>and</strong>/or even be sued for monetary damages.<br />

Tradition Six: An OA group ought never to endorse, finance or lend<br />

the OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise, lest problems of<br />

money, property <strong>and</strong> prestige divert us from our primary purpose.<br />

From the Board of Trustees Meeting on September 21-23, 1983:<br />

“In adherence to Tradition Six, <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> does not provide<br />

nursing services, hospitalization, drugs, or any medical, nutritional or<br />

psychiatric treatment; nor does OA provide referrals for the treatment of<br />

eating disorders.”<br />

OA strongly urges its autonomous groups to refrain from partaking<br />

in <strong>and</strong>/or encouraging this or any kind of similar instructional behavior. <strong>It</strong><br />

is very dangerous to both our individual members <strong>and</strong> to OA as a whole.<br />

Unfortunately, we have received numerous letters on this issue in the last<br />

three months.<br />

— December 1994<br />

MEETING GUIDELINES<br />

• Are there any official or recommended guidelines to conducting<br />

a meeting?<br />

Yes, there are guidelines to conducting a meeting. Refer to the<br />

Suggested Meeting Format, the Group H<strong>and</strong>book, the New Group Starter<br />

Kit <strong>and</strong>/or the Newcomers’ Meeting Leader’s Kit. These items can be<br />

ordered through your group or direct from the World Service Office.<br />

Tradition Five states, “our recovery doesn’t come from simply<br />

discussing our problems with each other. <strong>It</strong> is in the OA message—in our<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions—that we find solutions to our problems.”<br />

Tradition Six discusses how “those who suffer from the misery of<br />

compulsive eating need to hear about the solution found in working the<br />

Twelve Steps during our meetings . . .”<br />

Tradition Eight emphasizes: “Providing psychotherapy is not the<br />

purpose of OA . . . By working through some of our problems in therapy,<br />

we’ve been able to get our special needs met while we continue to focus<br />

on the Twelve Steps in our OA meeting.”<br />

— February 1995<br />

MEETING RECORD<br />

50


• One of our groups keeps in its meeting records a list of first<br />

names <strong>and</strong> telephone numbers of attendees. This allows members<br />

to call people for special events or to contact those who do not<br />

return to the meeting. Is it a break in our Tradition of anonymity<br />

to keep a record of meeting attendees?<br />

Members who put their names in the We Care book are not<br />

breaking their anonymity. The following paragraphs from pages five <strong>and</strong><br />

six of The Tools of Recovery pamphlet may help your group better<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> anonymity:<br />

“Anonymity, referred to in Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve, is a tool<br />

that guarantees we will place principles before personalities. The<br />

protection anonymity provides offers each of us freedom of expression<br />

<strong>and</strong> safeguards us from gossip. Anonymity assures us that only we, as<br />

individual OA members, have the right to make our membership known<br />

within our community. Anonymity at the level of press, radio, films <strong>and</strong><br />

television means that we never allow our faces or last names to be used<br />

once we identify ourselves as OA members. This protects both the<br />

individual <strong>and</strong> the Fellowship.<br />

“Within the Fellowship, anonymity means that whatever we share<br />

with another OA member will be held in respect <strong>and</strong> confidence. What we<br />

hear at meetings should remain there. However, anonymity must not be<br />

used to limit our effectiveness within the Fellowship. <strong>It</strong> is not a break of<br />

anonymity to use our full names within our group or OA service bodies.<br />

Also, it is not a break of anonymity to enlist Twelfth-Step help for group<br />

members in trouble, provided we refrain from discussing any specific<br />

personal information.<br />

“Another aspect of anonymity is that we are all equal in the<br />

Fellowship, whether we are newcomers or seasoned long-timers. And our<br />

outside status makes no difference in OA; we have no stars or VIPs. We<br />

come together simply as compulsive overeaters.”<br />

In addition, the OA Suggested Meeting Format suggests in <strong>It</strong>em 9<br />

that we “pass the Meeting Record Book around <strong>and</strong> ask members to sign<br />

their names with phone numbers. Pass the Record Book around a second<br />

time so members may write down phone numbers to call later.” The<br />

Suggested Meeting Format is available for download on the OA Web site<br />

at www.oa.org/downloadable_files.html.<br />

The Group Meeting Record Book is available from the WSO <strong>and</strong> the<br />

online catalog (item #500). Providing names <strong>and</strong> phone numbers is a<br />

voluntary act to reach out to fellow suffering compulsive eaters. A person<br />

who feels it compromises his or her anonymity is not required to sign.<br />

— November 2004<br />

—<br />

MEETINGS—ANNOUNCEMENTS<br />

51


• A member of our OA-HOW group asked during announcement<br />

time if members would save empty bottles from a sugar-free<br />

syrup for her friend who is not an OA member. Is this<br />

appropriate? Which, if any, Traditions does it violate? How does<br />

this compare with asking for a ride home or help with car<br />

problems?<br />

The area between what needs to be said <strong>and</strong> what should be left for<br />

individual sharing is debatable. At meetings, we need to share<br />

experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope to achieve recovery from compulsive<br />

overeating. At announcement time, we still need to respect these<br />

program issues; however, it is the time to announce things pertaining to<br />

the meeting, such as what the managers of the building expect of us as<br />

renters.<br />

The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />

guides us in these matters. Tradition Four says, “Groups have promoted<br />

non-OA-approved literature to their members, or focused meeting<br />

discussions on topics not related to recovery from compulsive overeating,<br />

forgetting our primary purpose as expressed in Tradition Five. Meeting<br />

time has been used to promote outside enterprises <strong>and</strong> issues, despite<br />

our Sixth <strong>and</strong> Seventh Traditions” (p. 139).<br />

Tradition Five says, “We who have found a sane way of eating <strong>and</strong><br />

living have a responsibility to make sure OA doesn’t become sidetracked”<br />

(p. 145). “Tradition Six cautions each OA group to stick to the primary<br />

purpose exclusively, no matter how many outside enterprises may<br />

interest us as individuals” (p. 153). <strong>It</strong> continues, “Though these<br />

enterprises may be worthwhile, they threaten to divert the attention of<br />

groups from OA’s unique function, which is to carry the message of<br />

Twelve-Step recovery to compulsive overeaters who still suffer” (pp. 153-<br />

154).<br />

“The Tenth Tradition asks us to leave these issues outside when we<br />

walk through the OA doors. Even the most worthy of other causes has no<br />

place in an OA meeting” (pp. 185-186).<br />

At times we may need to bring up something outside the Twelve<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions, but we should be aware of what we may be<br />

bringing to our groups then <strong>and</strong> in the future.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is slightly different when a member needs help in getting to a gas<br />

station, has car problems, needs a ride home or is not feeling well. These<br />

things don’t affect OA as a whole <strong>and</strong> are not endorsing an outside<br />

enterprise. Sometimes we have to use common sense.<br />

— September 2004<br />

MEETINGS—ANNOUNCING SOCIAL EVENTS<br />

52


• Is it a violation of the Traditions to announce group-related<br />

social events during or after meetings? This seems like a grey<br />

area, considering the role of autonomy in the group conscience,<br />

but I am concerned that such announcements distract us from our<br />

primary purpose of recovery.<br />

This does seem to be one of those “grey areas” in interpreting the<br />

Traditions in our individual groups; <strong>and</strong> a survey of OA literature does not<br />

bring about a more black-<strong>and</strong>-white answer. But, referring to our<br />

literature is always wise in such matters concerning the group conscience<br />

<strong>and</strong> OA as a whole. Let’s have a look.<br />

Our pamphlet, The Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>,<br />

discusses group autonomy as described in Tradition Four, while clearly<br />

stating the limits to a group’s freedom. “We may not do anything which<br />

will injure OA as a whole, <strong>and</strong> we must remain free from outside<br />

influence. Our decisions must be by group conscience.” The same<br />

pamphlet’s discussion of Tradition Five advises members to bear in mind<br />

that, although we may form important friendships in OA, our groups are<br />

not “social clubs.” Individuals <strong>and</strong> groups must ask themselves: “Is the<br />

newcomer neglected, while friends are absorbed in conversation?” Can we<br />

infer from this that social announcements will not injure OA as a whole as<br />

long as all members—especially newcomers—are made to feel welcome?<br />

OA’s Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />

Intergroups] states that any event, whether convention, marathon or<br />

retreat, that an OA group sponsors is “bound by the Twelve Traditions<br />

<strong>and</strong> may use the name <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.” Accordingly, your group<br />

may want to consider combining social events with recovery-oriented<br />

events—a panel discussion followed by a party, for example.<br />

OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” offers specific guidance to questions of<br />

applying the Traditions in our groups. In reviewing Tradition Four, it asks<br />

group members: “Does our group always consider the welfare of all in OA<br />

in making group conscience decisions? In planning OA group activities? . .<br />

. Do we stop to consider that our group’s attitudes <strong>and</strong> actions will mold<br />

many newcomers’ first impressions of OA as a whole?” Here we are<br />

reminded that all group decisions must be guided by spiritual principles,<br />

<strong>and</strong> that newcomers’ first impressions are often powerful in determining<br />

whether they will come back for a second meeting.<br />

The Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, Group H<strong>and</strong>book,<br />

<strong>and</strong> The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>,<br />

© <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Inc. All rights reserved.<br />

— June 1996<br />

MEETINGS—ATTENDANCE<br />

53


• What can we do to encourage personal attendance at meetings,<br />

<strong>and</strong> what can we do to attract <strong>and</strong> keep OA members at meetings?<br />

A very effective way to encourage personal attendance at meetings<br />

is to provide a reason for the person to be there. A compulsive overeater<br />

comes to an OA meeting to hear the OA message of recovery. If this<br />

message is consistently provided, the compulsive overeater will be<br />

attracted <strong>and</strong> motivated to continue attendance. Sharing recovery is not<br />

necessarily limited to “sunshine <strong>and</strong> roses” experiences. Sharing about<br />

difficult situations without overeating can be especially meaningful, both<br />

to the speaker <strong>and</strong> to the listener, when the story includes the program<br />

methods used to reach the solution—the Steps, the tools <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Traditions. The highest priority for encouraging <strong>and</strong> keeping members is<br />

for the meeting’s members to be abstinent <strong>and</strong> working the Twelve Steps.<br />

Healthy groups also attract <strong>and</strong> keep members. Encourage your<br />

group to take an annual group inventory. Here are some questions you<br />

might use:<br />

What are you offering newcomers? How do you tell them about our<br />

program? Do you spend time talking <strong>and</strong> sharing with them about the<br />

program? Do you make each person feel welcome? Do you welcome back<br />

with enthusiasm someone who has been away for a while? Does someone<br />

in the group call newcomers <strong>and</strong> those who have been absent for some<br />

time? Does your group use OA literature at meetings? Do you pitch on<br />

your experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope?<br />

For more information <strong>and</strong> questions, contact the WSO for a Group<br />

H<strong>and</strong>book or the pamphlet, Together We Can — Keep Coming Back.<br />

— November 1998<br />

MEETINGS—BORED IN<br />

• I’ve been in the OA program for over eight years <strong>and</strong> find that<br />

I’m bored in meetings. Is it possible to “outgrow” OA?<br />

Sometimes members who have achieved measurable physical<br />

recovery in OA—reaching a goal weight or finding freedom from their<br />

compulsion, for example—wonder if they still “need” the program.<br />

We’re told that recovery in OA is three-fold: physical, emotional <strong>and</strong><br />

spiritual. Each of these three depends upon the others. We cannot<br />

maintain long-term abstinence while chewing on old resentments, for<br />

example, nor can we grow spiritually while continuing to eat<br />

compulsively.<br />

The Twelfth Step says that a spiritual awakening is the result of the<br />

Steps, <strong>and</strong> directs us to continue to carry the OA message of recovery<br />

<strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all areas of our lives.<br />

Step Twelve, then, is not an end, but the beginning of a dynamic,<br />

life-long <strong>and</strong> life-enhancing journey. This journey is not something we<br />

54


“outgrow,” <strong>and</strong> it can only be enriched by our participation in the OA<br />

Fellowship.<br />

If you are feeling bored at meetings, perhaps it’s time to bring the<br />

OA message of hope to a newcomer, to carry the literature for your group<br />

or serve as a representative to your intergroup or region.<br />

Some “longtimers” have found over the years that certain types of<br />

service suit them better than others. Perhaps writing articles for <strong>Lifeline</strong>,<br />

organizing a retreat or acting as a public information contact are more<br />

fulfilling for you than policy making. By listening to that small voice<br />

within, you will be guided to a form of service that serves you as well.<br />

If you have found physical, emotional <strong>and</strong> spiritual recovery in OA—<br />

whether for eight days or eight years—there is always someone who<br />

needs what you have.<br />

— April 1995<br />

MEETINGS—CLOSING<br />

• I know of two meetings that shut down because no one would<br />

serve as secretary. Should the decision to shut down be made by<br />

only one member or by a group conscience?<br />

If people are willing to take responsibility for a meeting, then the<br />

meeting can, of course, continue. However, if no one is willing to take<br />

responsibility for a meeting, then it is wise not to list it as a meeting.<br />

Consider the effect on a newcomer of going to a meeting <strong>and</strong> finding no<br />

one there! Those of us who have been in on the closing of a meeting have<br />

used group conscience to determine whether a meeting should close or<br />

whether effort should be made to revitalize it.<br />

— February 2002<br />

MEETINGS—“DIGNITY OF CHOICE” FOCUS WITHOUT EXCLUDING<br />

MEMBERS<br />

• How do I start a Dignity of Choice focus meeting without<br />

eliminating any OA member, regardless of which food plan he or<br />

she uses? I want to keep it within OA’s guidelines <strong>and</strong> Traditions.<br />

Is a Dignity of Choice meeting brochure available?<br />

No Dignity of Choice (DOC) meeting brochure exists. The Suggested<br />

Meeting Format, available on the OA Web site at<br />

www.oa.org/group_support.html, is the starting point for designing a<br />

new-meeting format. If there were a DOC meeting brochure, members<br />

might use it only in the way they use other literature in a literatureformat<br />

meeting <strong>and</strong> fail to read the various food plan examples.<br />

In meetings, it is important to respect the Fifth Tradition, which<br />

tells us that our primary purpose is to carry the message defined by Step<br />

55


Twelve: “Having had a spiritual awakening as a result of these Steps, we<br />

tried to carry this message to other compulsive overeaters <strong>and</strong> practice<br />

these principles in all our affairs.” If a meeting is to honor Tradition Five,<br />

its message must be the promise of a spiritual awakening as a result of<br />

the Twelve Steps. In a DOC-focus meeting, discussing the details of food<br />

plans, such as portion sizes, substitutions or calorie counts, would<br />

contradict the Traditions <strong>and</strong> fail to illuminate the spiritual nature of the<br />

OA program. The meeting would become a diet club rather than a path to<br />

spiritual awakening.<br />

Individual food-plan choices are a matter for discussion between an<br />

individual <strong>and</strong> his or her physician or nutritionist. Once a person has<br />

chosen a food plan, he or she may discuss with a sponsor any problems<br />

of adherence to the plan that arise from character defects. For instance,<br />

unresolved resentment, fear, guilt or remorse can lead to eating outside<br />

the food plan. One may inventory these feelings by following the process<br />

outlined on pages 64 through 71 of the AA Big Book <strong>and</strong> then resolve<br />

them by completing Steps Five through Nine.<br />

— November 2005<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD AS TOPIC<br />

• Is it a break of Traditions, or is it a taboo, to talk about food in<br />

meetings or to hold a workshop on food <strong>and</strong> eating?<br />

Mentioning food while sharing in OA meetings is not a break of<br />

Traditions, <strong>and</strong> there is no taboo against it. <strong>It</strong> may help others deal with<br />

food in their own recovery, although it is not helpful to have meetings<br />

focus only on food. Ours is a three-fold program—physical, emotional <strong>and</strong><br />

spiritual. Because we are compulsive eaters, the issue of food is basic to<br />

our recovery. As it states on page 101 of the Big Book (3rd ed.), “In our<br />

belief any scheme of combating alcoholism [compulsive eating] which<br />

proposes to shield the sick man [or woman] from temptation is doomed<br />

to failure.”<br />

Many compulsive eaters need to talk about their personal difficulties<br />

with food <strong>and</strong> the means to overcome them. Other members appreciate<br />

listening to discussions about food because it helps their recovery.<br />

However, if meeting shares focus only on food, members might hear what<br />

they need to do with food but not learn how to do it.<br />

Strong meetings focus on recovery through the Twelve Steps. OA<br />

members need the spiritual discipline of the Steps to keep them in the<br />

clear mental state that enables them to abstain from compulsive behavior<br />

with food.<br />

— May 2003<br />

56


MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS<br />

• Several members of our group are wondering about mentioning<br />

specific food during meetings. Many of us have rather tenuous<br />

grips on abstinence. If particular foods are discussed, we fear we<br />

may return to obsessive thing of suffer a relapse. Does OA have a<br />

policy or guidelines regarding the discussion of binge or trigger<br />

foods?<br />

The decision to mention or not mention specific foods while sharing<br />

is a matter of respecting tradition one: “Our common welfare should<br />

come first; personal recovery depends upon OA unity.” According to the<br />

chapter on this tradition in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, “Individuals are lovingly guided to keep the<br />

needs of the whole group in mind as we share our experience, strength,<br />

<strong>and</strong> hope.” The group’s needs can be incorporated into a statement to be<br />

read at the beginning of the meeting so that everyone is aware of these<br />

guidelines <strong>and</strong> can respect them.<br />

OA does not attempt to dictate what a group’s “needs” or<br />

“guidelines” should be – the fourth tradition grants each group the right<br />

to function as it sees fit, provided that the group doesn’t do anything<br />

which will injure other groups or OA as a whole. <strong>It</strong> is suggested, however,<br />

in the pamphlet A Commitment to Abstinence that one way members<br />

keep their commitment is by refraining from discussing particular foods.<br />

<strong>It</strong> recommends, “Avoid cultivating or dwelling on thoughts about any real<br />

or imagined pleasure once derived from certain foods, <strong>and</strong> avoid talking<br />

about them.” Practicing such restraint not only safeguards one’s<br />

abstinence but also, due to the consideration shown to other members,<br />

nurtures the unity <strong>and</strong> recovery of the group.<br />

— April 1994<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD: MENTIONING SPECIFIC FOODS IN MEETINGS<br />

AND LIFELINE<br />

• At meetings, we suggest that certain foods not be mentioned by<br />

name, yet we still have a problem with more vulnerable members.<br />

While I enjoy <strong>Lifeline</strong>, sometimes the magazine mentions specific<br />

food as well. Why?<br />

OA has no policy or opinion as to whether or not it is appropriate to<br />

mention a specific food at an OA meeting. This is an issue that prompts<br />

many contrasting viewpoints among the Fellowship, <strong>and</strong> accordingly, is<br />

best settled by each individual group conscience. With respect to <strong>Lifeline</strong>,<br />

the content of this magazine is dependent on the contributions sent in by<br />

the membership. The editors must decide how much an individual’s story<br />

can be revised without losing the writer’s meaning <strong>and</strong> intent. For<br />

57


example, if a member's article mentions abstaining from a certain specific<br />

food as being central to a successful recovery, we will not edit those<br />

references. If an article focuses too much on the food problem <strong>and</strong> too<br />

little on the solution, we will either not run the piece, or we will edit out<br />

the specific foods as irrelevant.<br />

The above questions point to the presence of food as a reminder of<br />

our disease. All of us in recovery from a compulsion with food are<br />

learning to place food in its proper perspective. Ultimately, for the sake of<br />

OA unity, the issues that seem to divide us must be resolved in a loving,<br />

fair manner. Our OA pamphlet, the Group H<strong>and</strong>book, says it well: “A<br />

sense of humor, patience, courtesy, willingness to sit still <strong>and</strong> listen, a<br />

sense of fairness <strong>and</strong> trust in a Higher Power have been far more useful<br />

than legalistic arguments or personal accusations.” Once the group<br />

conscience decision has been taken, Tradition One reminds us that we<br />

must not allow lingering feelings of conflict to continue. “<strong>It</strong> is every<br />

member’s responsibility to protect the OA spirit of unity <strong>and</strong> mutual<br />

support.” (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, page 111) We must place “principles above personalities.”<br />

— November 1995<br />

MEETINGS—FOOD (REFRESHMENTS) AT MEETINGS<br />

• Some of our meetings serve coffee <strong>and</strong> tea for members. Lately,<br />

other items like sugar-free cocoa <strong>and</strong> sugarless gum have been<br />

put out. We had a business meeting <strong>and</strong> decided that cocoa was<br />

out, yet some members contribute it anyway. How can we focus<br />

on our primary purpose with these foods available? Where do you<br />

advise drawing the line?<br />

OA has no written guidelines addressing whether food or beverages<br />

should be allowed or served in meetings or what the specific items of<br />

refreshment should be. This is a matter for the individual, autonomous<br />

groups to decide. Some groups that meet at mealtimes invite members to<br />

bring a meal to eat during the meeting. Many groups offer liquid<br />

refreshment for their members, while others restrict the consumption of<br />

any food or beverage, even chewing gum, during their meetings.<br />

If your group conscience decides on a policy that some members<br />

violate, perhaps one or two members from the group could discuss with<br />

the “violators” the factors that were considered in rendering the group’s<br />

decision. Page 111 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> states that “... Tradition One makes it our<br />

responsibility to lovingly remind individuals of the group’s guidelines<br />

whenever the group conscience is being ignored.” Tradition One reminds<br />

us that respect for the common welfare of the group <strong>and</strong> its group<br />

conscience decisions is critical to OA unity <strong>and</strong> our personal recovery.<br />

58


— November 1995<br />

• What is OA’s policy on eating at meetings? I’m on a special diet<br />

<strong>and</strong> must eat when my blood sugar drops. I ate a hard-cooked egg<br />

during a meeting, <strong>and</strong> two members told me I was breaking the<br />

rules. I thought members were supposed to accept each other<br />

unconditionally.<br />

OA groups vary in whether they allow members to eat in meetings.<br />

Some do; others allow it only in lunch-time meetings <strong>and</strong> others only<br />

during breaks. Some groups do not allow eating in meetings because it<br />

may have been unsettling or distracting for those “most important people<br />

in the room,” the newcomers. Some members may feel that not eating<br />

for an hour is an exercise of discipline in recovery, or eating may have<br />

caused past difficulties that threatened the group’s unity.<br />

A group conscience, using the Steps, Traditions <strong>and</strong> Concepts as a<br />

guide, usually decides issues such as eating in meetings. In this situation,<br />

the group would pay particular attention to Tradition One, unity; Tradition<br />

Four, group autonomy; <strong>and</strong> Tradition Five, carrying the message to stillsuffering<br />

compulsive eaters. Each group may apply these Traditions<br />

differently, depending on the situation <strong>and</strong> past experience.<br />

Unfortunately, a tidy black-<strong>and</strong>-white answer does not exist.<br />

You may find it helpful to ask for a group-conscience meeting to<br />

explain your situation, discuss your needs <strong>and</strong> perhaps find a solution<br />

that works for you <strong>and</strong> the group. If you can’t find a solution that works<br />

for you, is there another nearby meeting you could attend instead?<br />

Before asking for a group-conscience meeting, you might talk with<br />

your sponsor to see if together you can reach a solution you haven’t<br />

found alone. The OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups:<br />

Recovery Opportunities offers valuable assistance. <strong>It</strong> gives advice on how<br />

groups work <strong>and</strong> how other groups have resolved problems. <strong>It</strong> also gives<br />

tips on how to have a group-conscience meeting.<br />

— November 2007<br />

MEETINGS—GRAY SHEET<br />

• Now that “a plan of eating” is a tool of OA recovery, several<br />

meetings in our intergroup have asked to be designated as “gray<br />

sheet” meetings in our meeting directory. Is it a Traditions break<br />

to do so?<br />

The 1987 World Service Business Conference adopted a “Policy on<br />

Food Plans,” saying that “offering food plans at meetings is a violation of<br />

Tradition Ten.” <strong>It</strong> follows that if a meeting designates itself as one that<br />

encourages members to adhere to one particular plan of eating, it would<br />

also be in violation of this Tradition.<br />

59


The “gray sheet” food plan has a lengthy history in OA, dating back<br />

to the early 1960s, when it was known as the “carbohydrate abstainers”<br />

plan. WSO has just published a cofounder’s history of OA, called Beyond<br />

Our Wildest Dreams, detailing how the controversy over eating plans was<br />

debated in OA over a course of many years.<br />

In 1961, several OA members read an article in Grapevine, the<br />

monthly magazine of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, about one AA member’s<br />

“total AA abstinence from starch, butter, salt <strong>and</strong> sugar.” The author<br />

wrote that he was addicted to these substances; they were, he said, like<br />

alcohol in his body. A few early OA members used this idea to define a<br />

specific eating plan that eliminated high-carbohydrate foods from their<br />

diets, <strong>and</strong> there grew an ever-widening split in the infant OA Fellowship<br />

over whether OA as a whole should endorse a single plan of eating for the<br />

entire membership.<br />

These plans were distributed at specific meetings on a variety of<br />

colored papers. Thus, it was known as the “blue sheet” <strong>and</strong> the “orange<br />

sheet” before it became known as the “gray sheet.” The controversy over<br />

whether OA should endorse a food plan was finally put to rest at the 1987<br />

Conference. Your intergroup might find it useful to read Beyond Our<br />

Wildest Dreams. Perhaps you would find it a helpful way to settle a<br />

controversy that was debated for over 25 years in OA, <strong>and</strong> which was<br />

finally settled in 1987 by the group conscience of OA as a whole.<br />

— January 1997<br />

MEETINGS—HEALTHY OR STRONG?<br />

• Where do I find information on what a healthy meeting is<br />

supposed to be?<br />

Everything we want to know about a healthy meeting can be found<br />

on pages one through 23 of the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />

Intergroups: Recovery Opportunities. A healthy meeting is one that<br />

focuses on the “solution.” Healthy meetings follow the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve Traditions. Other things that contribute to a healthy meeting are<br />

group members who are in recovery <strong>and</strong> members who take<br />

responsibility by filling service positions, such as opening the door;<br />

chairing meetings; being secretary, treasurer or intergroup<br />

representative. A healthy meeting generally follows the WSO Suggested<br />

Meeting Format, using the Twelve Traditions as a guide.<br />

Other actions that foster healthy meetings are starting <strong>and</strong> ending<br />

on time, committing to abstinence, celebrating abstinence, focusing on<br />

three-fold recovery, welcoming newcomers <strong>and</strong> long-timers, conducting<br />

regular business meetings, avoiding “dumping,” introducing <strong>and</strong> using<br />

sponsors, talking to all group members, practicing good listening skills,<br />

limiting sharing to three to five minutes, taking a group inventory when<br />

60


problems arise, creating a safe <strong>and</strong> comfortable environment, using the<br />

suggestions for membership retention in the OA Guidelines packet, using<br />

OA- <strong>and</strong> AA-approved literature <strong>and</strong> practicing the Step Principles.<br />

— September 1999<br />

MEETINGS—READING FAX, EMAIL OR READING STORY FROM IG<br />

NEWSLETTER<br />

• Is reading from an OA fax or email during a meeting a break of<br />

Traditions?<br />

There are several things to consider. If the fax or email is from<br />

another member of the Fellowship <strong>and</strong> contains personal information,<br />

then reading it would be a breach of Tradition Twelve. Traditions Six <strong>and</strong><br />

Ten would be involved if outside issues or enterprises were mentioned.<br />

There shouldn’t be a problem if the content is informative, such as details<br />

about an upcoming OA event or information from WSO or a trustee<br />

regarding a Traditions question.<br />

— July 1999<br />

• Is reading a personal story from an IG Roundletter during a<br />

meeting a break of Traditions?<br />

If the author of the story agreed to have the letter published, then<br />

it would not be a breach of Tradition Twelve to read the letter at a<br />

meeting. <strong>Lifeline</strong> is made up primarily of personal stories, <strong>and</strong> some<br />

members of OA have set up <strong>Lifeline</strong> discussion meetings. The Big Book<br />

has an entire section on personal stories, as does the OA Brown Book<br />

[<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>]. Many members attend meetings devoted to the<br />

study of those books. <strong>It</strong> is not a breach of Tradition Twelve to read <strong>and</strong><br />

discuss the stories.<br />

—July 1999<br />

MEETINGS—REMOVING SPECIAL-INTEREST DESCRIPTORS FROM<br />

MEETINGS LIST<br />

• Our intergroup is considering removing special-interest<br />

descriptors, such as HOW, gay <strong>and</strong> 100-pounders, from our<br />

meeting list because it considers the codes outside issues. The<br />

groups welcome all OA members. The intergroup also removed<br />

the announcement sign for a new HOW-concept meeting. Are the<br />

codes <strong>and</strong> the announcement sign a violation of OA guidelines?<br />

Including special-interest descriptors in meeting lists is completely<br />

within OA guidelines <strong>and</strong> reflects the 1994 OA policy on special-focus<br />

meetings:<br />

“The Fellowship of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> recognizes the existence<br />

of special focus meetings (i.e., gay <strong>and</strong> lesbians meetings, women’s<br />

61


meetings, men’s meetings, 100-pounders, maintainers, old timers, etc.)<br />

which have been formed of persons who can more readily identify with<br />

fellow OAers with similar attributes. According to the Traditions, bylaws<br />

<strong>and</strong> policies of OA, the only requirement for membership is the desire to<br />

stop eating compulsively. We ask each person attending a meeting to<br />

respect <strong>and</strong> consider the group conscience. All registered meetings shall<br />

welcome <strong>and</strong> give a voice to any person with the desire to stop eating<br />

compulsively.”<br />

By labeling special-focus meetings such as HOW, gay <strong>and</strong> 100pounders<br />

in their local directories, intergroups may help OA members<br />

with similar interests find groups that support their programs without<br />

breaking bonds between fellow members. Identity <strong>and</strong> recovery are<br />

interwoven, <strong>and</strong> identity need not be separate from our practice of the<br />

program. Descriptive labeling in meeting lists does not necessarily<br />

endorse an outside issue.<br />

Outside issues, as described in Tradition Ten, are topics that do not<br />

pertain to recovery from compulsive overeating; for example, endorsing<br />

other Twelve-Step programs or religious <strong>and</strong> political issues. However, if<br />

HOW-concept meetings comply with OA bylaws, they are OA meetings,<br />

<strong>and</strong> intergroups may list them as such.<br />

Page 140 of the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” warns that it is easy for<br />

those in the majority to remove meetings from OA lists because of<br />

personality conflicts rather than principles. We should be mindful of this<br />

tendency before taking such action.<br />

— December 2005<br />

MEETINGS—RINGING CELL PHONES<br />

• What is the best way to h<strong>and</strong>le ringing cell phones during a<br />

meeting, even when before the meeting you had asked members<br />

to turn off their phones?<br />

A cell phone ringing in an OA meeting is a sign of the times.<br />

Meeting leaders can include in the meeting format a request to turn off<br />

cell phones, <strong>and</strong> adding reminders during the meeting may increase the<br />

effectiveness.<br />

A method used at the 2007 World Service Business Conference<br />

(WSBC) might help. The chair, while holding a cell phone in her h<strong>and</strong>,<br />

asked the attendees to take out their cell phones or pagers <strong>and</strong> instructed<br />

them to press the off or silent button. <strong>It</strong> was very effective; no phones<br />

sounded during the meeting. She repeated the same thing at the start of<br />

every session.<br />

Another option would be to have a meeting greeter give everyone a<br />

hug <strong>and</strong> a reminder to turn off his or her phone.<br />

62


<strong>It</strong> also might help to have a group conscience to discuss ways of<br />

preventing cell phones from disturbing the OA meeting. Group members<br />

may have additional methods worth trying.<br />

— December 2007<br />

—<br />

MEETINGS—SHARING<br />

• What do we do when most of the sharing at a meeting is about<br />

the problem, not the solution?<br />

Most meetings follow a format. The Suggested Meeting Format,<br />

available from the World Service Office, suggests this statement be made<br />

at the meeting, with other options for different types of meetings: “As<br />

you share your experience <strong>and</strong> strength in OA, please also share your<br />

hope.” Some meeting formats suggest the sharing be kept to threeminute,<br />

positive pitches. Adding a statement to the format, such as, “If<br />

you share about the problem, we encourage you to share about the<br />

solution as well,” can also help.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is the leader’s responsibility to keep the meeting flowing.<br />

Sometimes a person shares something that diverts the flow. When this<br />

happens, the leader immediately says something to put the meeting back<br />

on track. Some topics, such as holidays, deaths, aged parents, husb<strong>and</strong>s,<br />

mothers <strong>and</strong> children, can trigger negativity. Therefore, it’s a good idea to<br />

choose topics carefully. Step One is a good place to start when a meeting<br />

needs to refocus.<br />

Individual members also have a responsibility to keep the meeting<br />

focused on the solution. This is particularly true if the leader is unable to<br />

step forward to assume this role. If sharing about the problem is<br />

recurring at the meeting, members may ask for a business meeting to<br />

lovingly discuss how to make the meeting more centered on Twelve-Step<br />

recovery.<br />

— July 2002<br />

MEETINGS—SHARING-REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED<br />

• We have a meeting that won’t allow sharing unless a person<br />

also is abstinent from caffeine <strong>and</strong> nicotine. Can this be<br />

considered an OA meeting, <strong>and</strong> does it violate the Traditions?<br />

An <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> group is defined in the Bylaws of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Inc., Subpart B, Article V, Section 1 a) as follows:<br />

“1. As a group, they meet to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of OA.<br />

2. All who have the desire to stop eating compulsively are welcome<br />

in the group.<br />

63


3. No member is required to practice any actions in order to remain<br />

a member or to have a voice (share at a meeting).<br />

4. As a group they have no affiliation other than OA.”<br />

When an OA group registers with the World Service Office, it agrees<br />

to comply with the stated bylaws <strong>and</strong> Tradition Three: “The only<br />

requirement for OA membership is a desire to stop eating compulsively.”<br />

A meeting that imposes qualifications or requirements for members to be<br />

allowed to share does not comply with number three in the bylaws<br />

definition above.<br />

<strong>It</strong> also treads on several Traditions, as described in The Twelve<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. Tradition One<br />

says, “Our common welfare should come first; personal recovery depends<br />

upon OA unity.” On page 111, the “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” states “Ideally,<br />

OA is a place where every member has ample opportunity to share . . . ”<br />

This embodies the principle of unity. Tradition Two begins with “For our<br />

group purpose there is but one ultimate authority—a loving God as He<br />

may express Himself in our group conscience.” The bylaws were adopted<br />

by the World Service Business Conference (WSBC), which is the group<br />

conscience of OA as a whole. Ignoring a part of the bylaws means<br />

ignoring OA’s group conscience.<br />

In the chapter on Tradition Three, page 132, a question appears<br />

that groups should answer: “If people have to meet special requirements<br />

in order to have any voice in the meeting, aren’t they being denied<br />

effective membership in the group?” According to Tradition Five, “Each<br />

group has but one primary purpose—to carry its message to the<br />

compulsive overeater who stills suffers.” Experience has shown the need<br />

to focus on our primary purpose <strong>and</strong> not become sidetracked by other<br />

issues. This brings us to Tradition Ten, “<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> has no<br />

opinion on outside issues; hence the OA name ought never be drawn into<br />

public controversy.” The use of nicotine <strong>and</strong> caffeine are outside issues<br />

about which OA as a whole has no opinion. We need to concentrate on<br />

recovery from compulsive eating.<br />

— October 2001<br />

MEETINGS—SHARING REQUIREMENTS VERSUS TRADITIONS<br />

• We have a meeting that won’t allow sharing unless a member is<br />

also abstinent from caffeine <strong>and</strong> nicotine. Can this be considered<br />

an OA meeting, <strong>and</strong> does it violate the Traditions?<br />

Tradition Three says that any person who wants to stop eating<br />

compulsively is welcome. Thus, meetings that exclude some compulsive<br />

overeaters from participation would contradict that Tradition. In the OA<br />

Bylaw’s definition of a group, all who have a desire to stop eating<br />

compulsively are welcome in the group, <strong>and</strong> no member is required to<br />

64


practice any actions in order to remain a member or to have a voice<br />

(share at a meeting). [Article V, Section 1 of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>,<br />

Inc., Bylaws Subpart B]. This does not stop meetings from deciding,<br />

through group conscience, to emphasize certain interests.<br />

The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />

says on page 133, “There are also special-emphasis groups in OA. . . . In<br />

cases where there are registered OA groups, they should not exclude any<br />

compulsive eater who wants to attend <strong>and</strong> share, even though the<br />

member might not fit the category toward which the meeting is geared.”<br />

The experience of most OAers has been that by sticking to our<br />

primary purpose, abstaining from compulsive overeating <strong>and</strong> carrying this<br />

message to the suffering compulsive overeater, we are strengthened <strong>and</strong><br />

more likely to be available to those who need us now <strong>and</strong> in the future.<br />

—October 2004<br />

MEETINGS—SPECIAL INTEREST/FOCUS MEETINGS<br />

• Is it within the Traditions to create “special interest” OA<br />

meetings, such as meetings for members who have lost more than<br />

100 pounds, for those of a particular faith or religion, for men or<br />

women only, for people from alcoholic families or for people<br />

under 20?<br />

Meetings that focus on certain special needs of members are<br />

acceptable <strong>and</strong> do not break any Tradition. The chapter on Step Four in<br />

OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” discusses this issue in detail. OA acknowledges<br />

that some members share a common life issue in addition to the shared<br />

problem of compulsive overeating. Special-focus meetings provide an<br />

opportunity for members with special circumstances to come together.<br />

Young people, gays <strong>and</strong> lesbians, <strong>and</strong> members in relapse are some<br />

examples. Meetings focusing on outside issues, such as alcoholism <strong>and</strong><br />

specific religious affiliations, would not be acceptable special-focus<br />

meetings. These meetings would violate Tradition Six.<br />

All meetings, including those aimed at the needs of specific groups,<br />

must welcome all compulsive overeaters. No OA member is barred from a<br />

special-focus meeting because he or she does not have the special need.<br />

— February 2001<br />

MEETINGS—STARTING A NEW MEETING<br />

• I think an OA meeting is two or more people, <strong>and</strong> I’m interested<br />

in spreading the word of OA. What literature can I use to help<br />

start a meeting? What are successful ways to develop a meeting?<br />

What is a meeting format?<br />

65


You are correct. A group is composed of two or more people, per<br />

OA Bylaws Subpart B, Article V:<br />

“Section 1—Definition<br />

“a) These points shall define an Overeater <strong>Anonymous</strong> group:<br />

“1) As a group, they meet to practice the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

“2) All who have the desire to stop eating compulsively are<br />

welcome in the group.<br />

“3) No member is required to practice any actions in order to<br />

remain a member or to have a voice (share at a meeting).<br />

“4) As a group they have no affiliation other than <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

“Section 2—Composition<br />

“a) A group may be formed by two or more persons meeting<br />

together as set forth in Article V, Section 1.<br />

“b) Groups compose the intergroups as set forth in Article VI<br />

hereof.”<br />

The OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups: Recovery<br />

Opportunities is a resource for starting OA meetings <strong>and</strong> is available for<br />

purchase on OA’s Web site, www.oa.org/literature_catalog.htm (item<br />

#120). The following links also offer help:<br />

• How to Start a Meeting, www.oa.org/pdf/How_to_Start.pdf<br />

• Suggested Meeting Format, www.oa.org/pdf/2DSugMtgFormat.pdf<br />

• Excerpt from the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />

Intergroups: Recovery Opportunities,<br />

www.oa.org/pdf/OAH<strong>and</strong>book_excerpt.pdf<br />

• Ways to create successful meetings, www.oa.org/pdf/<br />

Let_People_Know.pdf<br />

— August 2007<br />

MEETINGS—STEERING COMMITTEES<br />

• Please explain the difference between a steering committee <strong>and</strong><br />

a group conscience. Which method is recommended?<br />

The best answer to this question comes from the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for<br />

Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups: Recovery Opportunities:<br />

“What Is a Steering Committee?<br />

“In many groups, all regularly attending abstaining members are<br />

invited to participate <strong>and</strong> vote in monthly steering committee meetings,<br />

held before or after the regular meeting. Changes in meeting format,<br />

allocation of group funds, election of officers <strong>and</strong> other business matters<br />

are discussed <strong>and</strong> decided by group conscience. To safeguard the stability<br />

of the group, the steering committee may establish abstinence <strong>and</strong><br />

program requirements for the secretary, treasurer <strong>and</strong> program<br />

66


chairperson. In this way, the weekly group meeting doesn’t have<br />

excessive time taken up in business matters. Occasionally, matters of<br />

major importance may be brought before the entire group for a vote” (p.<br />

9).<br />

Overview: A steering committee is composed of abstaining<br />

members of a group. A group conscience is the action taken on an issue<br />

by the committee or the entire group.<br />

— October 2003<br />

MEETINGS—THEATER-STYLE SEATING<br />

• In our area we have a meeting which has changed its seating to<br />

theater style. Members must read or speak from the front of the<br />

room. What suggestions do you have to help members who are<br />

reluctant to share in the front of the room come forward?<br />

OA meetings use many types of seating arrangements. A group<br />

conscience determines which type a particular group will use, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

group may experiment with different types. “Theater-style” seating has<br />

chairs arranged in rows facing the front of the room. Each speaker st<strong>and</strong>s<br />

at the front of the room to address the group.<br />

OA used theater-style seating in its formative years, <strong>and</strong> OA’s<br />

cofounder, at her May 1998 WSBC workshop, demonstrated an early<br />

theater-style meeting. Some OAers believe that members take theaterstyle<br />

meetings more seriously <strong>and</strong> that theater-style seating fosters<br />

surrender <strong>and</strong> discipline. <strong>It</strong> also reduces distractions.<br />

As the theater-style meeting continues, more people will speak out.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is part of the recovery process. And when reticent members see others<br />

take the risk <strong>and</strong> reap the rewards of sharing, they will overcome their<br />

reluctance to speak at the front of the room.<br />

— April 1999<br />

MEETINGS—TIMEKEEPING<br />

• Our group will start using a timekeeper to limit members’<br />

sharing to three minutes. The steering committee voted to try this<br />

because some people talk on <strong>and</strong> on while others do not get a<br />

chance to share at all. Does this violate the spirit, if not the letter,<br />

of the OA Traditions?<br />

Most groups that have tried this strategy would probably tell you<br />

the only thing it violates is the character of the meeting. All groups seem<br />

to have a few members who habitually take more than their fair share of<br />

time; but the real problem, many groups find, is an outgrown meeting<br />

format. In other words, when the meeting gets too big, it becomes<br />

67


impossible to continue to have “around the table” discussions, with each<br />

person sharing according to need.<br />

Setting a strict time limit often creates dissension, with some<br />

members strongly opposed to such regulation. Even if everyone abides by<br />

the limit, however, as the meeting continues to grow, it takes longer <strong>and</strong><br />

longer for all to have a turn.<br />

Groups that have weathered this problem recommend a number of<br />

solutions: (a) change the format to speaker or pitch meeting in which the<br />

seating is arranged theater-style <strong>and</strong> individuals speak from the front of<br />

the room as scheduled in advance or as called on by the leader; (b)<br />

separate into two groups which, if space permits, can meet at opposite<br />

ends of the room; <strong>and</strong> (c) form a “spin-off” group to meet in a different<br />

location.<br />

— February 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1986<br />

MEMBERS—DIFFICULT AND/OR DISRUPTIVE<br />

• My home meeting is having a problem with a member who acts<br />

in a threatening manner. People are worried, <strong>and</strong> the group is<br />

losing members. Besides legal action or contacting the police, is<br />

there any OA policy on how to h<strong>and</strong>le difficult members? Can we<br />

kick a member out of a meeting <strong>and</strong>/or out of OA?<br />

Unfortunately, this question is not uncommon, <strong>and</strong> there is no easy<br />

answer. Although OA has no written policy of its own on this matter, we<br />

can refer to the long form of Tradition One in the Big Book, Alcoholics<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>. <strong>It</strong> states that each member is but a small part of a great<br />

whole. The Fellowship “must continue to live or most of us will surely die.<br />

Hence our common welfare comes first. But individual welfare follows<br />

close afterward.” In AA’s Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions it explains<br />

that no one “can compel another to do anything; nobody can be punished<br />

or expelled.”<br />

Yet the prevailing consideration is still the good of the Fellowship<br />

<strong>and</strong> its survival. While each member has the freedom to work the<br />

program as he or she chooses, it does not come at the expense of the OA<br />

group. Should a member’s actions or behavior be disruptive or even<br />

become dangerous, the OA group needs to protect itself; if not, the<br />

meeting may fold <strong>and</strong> the opportunity for recovery is lost for everyone.<br />

How a meeting protects itself can cause conflict <strong>and</strong> controversy.<br />

Each situation is unique <strong>and</strong> should be evaluated individually. You may<br />

want to contact your local intergroup, <strong>and</strong> even your region, for a<br />

detached perspective of the events. Most groups begin “informally” on a<br />

one-to-one level—one member may approach the individual to discuss<br />

the problem <strong>and</strong> look for solutions. Let the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions<br />

68


guide you—always striving “to place principles before personalities.” If<br />

possible, offer positive alternatives to attending the meeting, such as<br />

seeking professional help or guidance from trusted friends or family.<br />

If necessary, a steering committee meeting may be needed for<br />

open discourse. Be sure to provide an equal hearing for all. <strong>Ask</strong> everyone<br />

to come to the meeting with healthy, tolerant, <strong>and</strong> supportive attitudes.<br />

Blame <strong>and</strong> accusations help no one. <strong>It</strong> may be decided that this individual<br />

should be asked to leave for the good of the group. There is no way,<br />

however, to enforce this decision other than on the good will of all<br />

parties. We cannot expel this person from OA—no one can do that—but<br />

we can ask an emotionally disturbed person to leave the meeting. If a law<br />

has been broken, or the situation appears dangerous, it may be best to<br />

call the police or other local authorities.<br />

Ultimately the answer to this very uncomfortable question is a<br />

paradox. Members are never forced to do anything <strong>and</strong> are encouraged to<br />

“take what they like <strong>and</strong> leave the rest.” Yet for a group to survive,<br />

members must willingly adhere to the Fellowship’s spiritual principles <strong>and</strong><br />

put our common welfare first.<br />

— August 1993<br />

MEMBERS—LONGTIMERS<br />

• How can we get longtimers involved with intergroup?<br />

If the apparently reluctant longtimers have a recent <strong>and</strong> extensive<br />

history of serving at intergroup, perhaps they are practicing rotation of<br />

service. <strong>It</strong> is of great value to any service body, however, to have a<br />

balance of OA members who are beginning to contribute their time <strong>and</strong><br />

talent to a service body, along with some OA folks who have experience,<br />

strength <strong>and</strong> hope to share from holding service positions.<br />

One of the best methods to attract OA members, regardless of<br />

experience, is the personal approach. Personally invite a service prospect<br />

to attend the next business meeting. Inform that person of the service<br />

opportunities available <strong>and</strong> suggest a position you think that OA member<br />

would be well-suited to hold. Encourage attendance by arranging to go<br />

with the person to the meeting. Nominate that person during the election<br />

process.<br />

Some OA members are reluctant to serve if taking a service<br />

position involves doing all of the tasks or recruiting other OA members to<br />

help out. That need not be the case if the prospect is assured that there<br />

are OAers ready to serve, too.<br />

Another effective way to foster service in OA is for sponsors to<br />

encourage their sponsorees to become involved with OA service. This idea<br />

can be incorporated into a sponsorship workshop.<br />

— February 2003<br />

69


MEMBERS—NEGATIVE OA MEMBER OR DUMPING<br />

• A member who attends our meeting every week is very negative<br />

about the program, which can give a bad impression of OA to<br />

newcomers. How can we help this person develop a more positive<br />

attitude <strong>and</strong> refrain from speaking negatively?<br />

Everyone who wants to stop eating compulsively is welcome to<br />

attend OA meetings. You can speak to the person whose effect on<br />

newcomers concerns you <strong>and</strong> provide the positive message he or she<br />

needs. You might want to schedule a group inventory to discuss how well<br />

your meeting is reaching newcomers; this might allow people to talk<br />

about the importance of not “dumping” in meetings. You can emphasize<br />

Tradition Five: “Each group has but one primary purpose—to carry its<br />

message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.”<br />

On page 131, the OA “Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions”<br />

discusses “members who disrupt the harmony of meetings . . . We have<br />

found that most personality problems can best be dealt with one-to-one<br />

through sponsorship. Our OA meetings aren’t always going to be perfect,<br />

but we can find recovery in them despite their imperfections. When every<br />

person is respected <strong>and</strong> treated lovingly, the group survives <strong>and</strong> emerges<br />

stronger than ever from the experience.”<br />

— March 2001<br />

MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—MEMBERSHIP DECLINE AND<br />

INTERGROUP SERVICE<br />

• Our intergroup has two questions. First, the meetings in our<br />

area have been slowly declining in membership; is this a national<br />

trend, <strong>and</strong> what can we do about it? Second, how can we get more<br />

of our current members involved in the intergroup?<br />

WSO’s executive director stated in the January 1995 issue of<br />

<strong>Lifeline</strong> that OA membership has declined worldwide in the last few years.<br />

When asked if this is still the case, he said recently that it is. “We don’t<br />

have membership rolls to do a count,” he said, “but we can see the<br />

decline in subscriptions to the magazine, group contributions <strong>and</strong><br />

literature sales.” Other Twelve-Step fellowships are noticing a decrease in<br />

membership too, he added, as are other weight-loss <strong>and</strong> eating-disorder<br />

treatment facilities.<br />

<strong>It</strong> seems clear that our loss in members is not because compulsive<br />

overeating is no longer a problem. This is a time for those of us who have<br />

found a solution in OA’s Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions to redouble our efforts at<br />

public outreach, as well as Twelfth-Step-Within work for members in<br />

relapse. If your current intergroup membership is too low to effectively<br />

70


take on public information activities right now, there are some things you<br />

can do to solicit more active involvement in the intergroup.<br />

Sending intergroup representatives to unrepresented groups to talk<br />

about how the intergroup works <strong>and</strong> what it means to be a group<br />

representative is a good start. Perhaps your intergroup’s officers could<br />

hold an informative panel discussion at one of your area’s better-attended<br />

meetings. And don’t forget to ask for help from your regional chair <strong>and</strong><br />

trustee as well as other regional intergroups. We are all here to help each<br />

other.<br />

When attendance at your intergroup meetings is a little higher, you<br />

can focus your efforts on public information activities. Study the “PI<br />

Manual” <strong>and</strong> the new membership retention pamphlet. Make a plan to use<br />

the audio/video public service announcement now available from the<br />

World Service Office. Attending health fairs, putting up billboards, making<br />

sure OA meetings are advertised in your local paper: these are things<br />

your intergroup can do to begin to increase community awareness of OA.<br />

Finally, it’s important not to focus on the decline in membership as<br />

a “failure.” <strong>It</strong> is an opportunity. If we keep our meetings as strong <strong>and</strong><br />

focused as we can, we will attract new members <strong>and</strong> keep them.<br />

— March 1996<br />

MEMBERSHIP RETENTION—REASONS FOR MEMBERSHIP DECLINE<br />

• Why do you think numbers in the Fellowship are declining?<br />

This is a simple, but not easy, program. If it were easy, our<br />

meeting rooms would not be big enough to hold all our members. The OA<br />

program takes commitment <strong>and</strong> a willingness to change through working<br />

the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions. Some people are not ready to<br />

surrender the food obsession <strong>and</strong> accept what this program has to offer.<br />

Numbers in the Fellowship are declining because of ignorance about<br />

the disease <strong>and</strong> how it affects our body, mind <strong>and</strong> spirit. Some people are<br />

looking for the easier, softer ways society offers <strong>and</strong> may turn to a<br />

commercial competitor.<br />

Members of the Fellowship can take responsibility for the declining<br />

membership by reaching out to still-suffering OA members <strong>and</strong> by<br />

carrying the message of recovery to professionals <strong>and</strong> the public.<br />

Members also have a responsibility to be good examples by displaying<br />

recovery, so that still-suffering compulsive eaters will have hope. In the<br />

end, no matter what we do, we can’t convince people to stay in OA if they<br />

are not convinced they have a disease <strong>and</strong> cannot see this as a way of<br />

life.<br />

— August 2007<br />

71


MESSAGE OF OA—PRIMARY MESSAGE<br />

• What exactly is the “message” we in OA are supposed to carry<br />

to the suffering compulsive overeater?<br />

Simply put, the message we are to share is recovery from<br />

compulsive overeating through the Twelve Steps of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>. By sharing our experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope with others,<br />

we give credence to the healing power of the Twelve Steps, thereby<br />

attracting new members to the Fellowship. Additionally, work with<br />

newcomers <strong>and</strong> other suffering members, as well as efforts to inform the<br />

public about OA, are part <strong>and</strong> parcel of the message referred to in<br />

Tradition Five.<br />

OA’s primary message—Twelve-Step recovery—is a simple one. Yet,<br />

occasionally, that message gets confused with other ideas. <strong>It</strong>’s important<br />

for all of us to remember that the OA message is not about food plans or<br />

specific rules <strong>and</strong> regulations; nor is any one individual’s interpretation of<br />

the Twelve Steps applicable to all of us, no matter how “successful” he or<br />

she may appear.<br />

In the September issue of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, one member shared the<br />

following in an article entitled “What Is the Message?”<br />

“Recently, I realized that the only message I can carry is my own<br />

recovery. By the grace of God, I have recovery <strong>and</strong> the willingness to<br />

share it with others. I do not need you to recover the way I do. You are<br />

free to discover your own path. The only thing we need to have in<br />

common is the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions.”<br />

<strong>It</strong>’s that simple.<br />

— September 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

September/October 1988<br />

MESSAGE OF OA—WHAT IS IT?<br />

Step Twelve says, “Having had a spiritual awakening as the result<br />

of these Steps, we tried to carry this message to compulsive<br />

overeaters.” What is “this message”?<br />

<strong>It</strong> is the message of the miracle of recovery through the Twelve<br />

Steps. <strong>It</strong> is the lesson we have learned through doing the Steps—that we<br />

have had a spiritual awakening that provides us sanity, <strong>and</strong> we no longer<br />

are drawn to compulsive overeating but live free of the obsession.<br />

We carry a simple message of a miracle in our lives: We came to<br />

this program powerless over food, <strong>and</strong> through the Twelve Steps we have<br />

found a power greater than ourselves that has restored us to sanity.<br />

— December 2003<br />

72


NEWCOMERS—MEETING<br />

• My group would like to start a meeting for newcomers. How<br />

would we conduct such a meeting?<br />

Some areas have separate meetings for newcomers that are often<br />

general meetings with a speaker. Some groups set aside a newcomers<br />

meeting time before or after the regular meeting. Some have volunteers<br />

who lead the newcomers meeting, reading Our Invitation to You as<br />

source material, taking questions <strong>and</strong> sharing their experiences. Other<br />

meetings have a designated “newcomer greeter” who works with<br />

newcomers before or after the meeting. Many have a Newcomers<br />

Committee; the members spend time with newcomers <strong>and</strong> call them<br />

between meetings.<br />

The key is not to overload the newcomer with information <strong>and</strong><br />

jargon. No one underst<strong>and</strong>s the program after one meeting. “Keep it<br />

simple,” <strong>and</strong> “easy does it.”<br />

The Newcomers Packet from WSO (item #710K/$2 each;<br />

#711K/$17.50 pk. 10) is invaluable; the packet includes the pamphlet A<br />

Plan of Eating. The Newcomers Meeting Leader’s Kit (item #740, $3) is<br />

another helpful resource that includes Guidelines for Leading Newcomers<br />

Meetings, the OA H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>and</strong> other OA literature.<br />

<strong>Lifeline</strong> will gladly publish ideas from meeting groups <strong>and</strong><br />

intergroups about how they work with newcomers.<br />

— September 2000<br />

NEWCOMERS—PACKETS<br />

• Is there a policy regarding availability of Newcomer’s Packets at<br />

meetings? Some meetings I attend have them <strong>and</strong> some don’t.<br />

There is no world service policy regarding the Newcomer’s Packet.<br />

The packet contains a range of literature, including the pamphlet A Plan<br />

of Eating that can be particularly helpful to a newcomer. The group<br />

conscience process determines the group’s literature purchases, <strong>and</strong> each<br />

group decides whether to make the Newcomer’s Packet available.<br />

The packet is a very effective way to convey the message of our OA<br />

recovery program to the newcomer.<br />

— March 2000<br />

OTHER TWELVE-STEP PROGRAMS<br />

• So many people come into OA from other Twelve-Step<br />

programs. Isn’t OA asking a lot from them to expect that they<br />

73


omit references to other programs that are part of their story? Do<br />

the Traditions apply here?<br />

OA recognizes that many members have multiple addictions <strong>and</strong> do<br />

belong to other Twelve-Step programs. Our Traditions acknowledge that<br />

references to other Twelve-Step programs have a place in their stories.<br />

However, our Traditions specifically state that “OA is unique in offering<br />

recovery through the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions to those who<br />

suffer from compulsive eating. This is a vital role that no other fellowship<br />

can fill (emphasis added). Thus, OA groups focus their discussion on<br />

recovery from compulsive eating, rather than on other issues” (OA<br />

“Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve,” page 187).<br />

— November 1999<br />

OUTREACH—FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO NEW GROUPS<br />

• Is it all right for an intergroup or a well-established group to<br />

give financial support to a new group by buying literature or<br />

giving an initial loan for rent, for example? Which Traditions<br />

support this?<br />

Tradition Six tells us we ought never endorse, finance or lend the<br />

OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise. A new OA group is<br />

not an outside enterprise. Tradition Seven, perhaps one of our most<br />

misunderstood Traditions, says we are self-supporting, declining outside<br />

contributions. Our Traditions were established to save us from weakening<br />

our autonomy through diversion from our primary purpose or by being<br />

beholden to any person or outside organization. We learned the hard way<br />

that there is no such thing as a free lunch.<br />

While any new group should endeavor to become self-supporting as<br />

soon as possible (including supporting the wider OA structure), a wellestablished<br />

group may elect to extend a helping h<strong>and</strong> to get the new<br />

group started. Many now-thriving groups would never have survived<br />

without support from other groups, just as newer members receive<br />

support from longer-term members.<br />

Ways we can support new groups include not only giving them<br />

material <strong>and</strong> financial support, but also visiting their meetings <strong>and</strong><br />

ensuring that they become an active part of our OA Fellowship by<br />

attending intergroup meetings <strong>and</strong> by being listed in the local meeting<br />

directory. Learning to take responsibility is a major part of our program,<br />

at both the personal <strong>and</strong> group levels. We ought not create any<br />

unnecessary or unhealthy dependency. However, we should always help a<br />

group get started, weaning them off the help as soon as it is appropriate.<br />

Some intergroups <strong>and</strong> regions have special funds to assist new groups.<br />

— August 2002<br />

74


OUTREACH—TO GROUPS IN OUTLYING AREAS<br />

• What is the best way for us to support groups in outlying areas?<br />

The best way to help is to attend these groups’ meetings. Even if<br />

you have a long drive, get a group of people together <strong>and</strong> have three<br />

meetings: one getting there, the one you attend while you’re there <strong>and</strong><br />

one coming home. The members making the effort <strong>and</strong> the ones in the<br />

outlying meetings all will benefit.<br />

In addition, regularly let groups in outlying areas know that<br />

intergroups <strong>and</strong> regions are available to help them. Intergroups can send<br />

these groups information about services they provide <strong>and</strong> about special<br />

OA events. Intergroups or regions can buy inexpensive telephone cards<br />

for outreach committee members to periodically call groups in outlying<br />

areas. The personal contact is usually a welcome surprise.<br />

— October 2002<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—ANNOUNCING FUNCTION AT MEETING<br />

• I would like to have an after-meeting gathering at my home for<br />

an OA member who is leaving the area, <strong>and</strong> I want to invite<br />

everyone in our Fellowship. Would it break an OA Tradition for me<br />

to announce the function at the meetings I attend? Could I pass<br />

around a flyer with the date <strong>and</strong> directions to my home? If this<br />

would not be correct, how could I announce such an affair? What<br />

Tradition would this question come under?<br />

This sounds like an open meeting since everyone is included in the<br />

invitation. A special event, such as a marathon or an IDEA Day or Unity<br />

Day celebration, can be announced. These are times when people come<br />

together around a common theme. The proposed meeting sounds like a<br />

wonderful opportunity for members of the Fellowship to support the<br />

member who is leaving.<br />

I cannot think of any Tradition that would be broken by announcing<br />

this event. You are carrying the message to the compulsive overeater<br />

who still suffers by extending a caring h<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> showing the strength of<br />

the Fellowship by sharing the love <strong>and</strong> common bond we feel toward one<br />

another. As long as the person who is leaving does not mind others<br />

knowing about her plans to move, her anonymity is not being broken.<br />

If in doubt, you can take a group conscience to see if anyone<br />

objects to the announcement being made at the meeting. If anyone<br />

objects, you will have to extend the invitations individually so as not to<br />

violate the feelings of the group as a whole.<br />

This reminds me of OA’s Promise: “I put my h<strong>and</strong> in yours . . . <strong>and</strong><br />

together we can do what we could never do alone! No longer is there a<br />

sense of hopelessness, no longer must we each depend upon our own<br />

75


unsteady willpower. We are all together now, reaching out our h<strong>and</strong>s for<br />

power <strong>and</strong> strength greater than ours, <strong>and</strong> as we join h<strong>and</strong>s, we find love<br />

<strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing beyond our wildest dreams” (I Put My H<strong>and</strong> in Yours,<br />

p. i).<br />

You are together <strong>and</strong> reaching out sharing your hope, strength <strong>and</strong><br />

love to support another compulsive overeater, so she will be better able<br />

to share hers as she continues in program in her new location.<br />

— January 2004<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—NON-OA REQUESTS AT MEETINGS<br />

• A member of our OA-HOW group asked during announcement<br />

time if members would save empty bottles from a sugar-free<br />

syrup for her friend who is not an OA member. Is this<br />

appropriate? Which, if any, Traditions does it violate? How does<br />

this compare with asking for a ride home or help with car<br />

problems?<br />

The area between what needs to be said <strong>and</strong> what should be left for<br />

individual sharing is debatable. At meetings, we need to share<br />

experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope to achieve recovery from compulsive<br />

overeating. At announcement time, we still need to respect these<br />

program issues; however, it is the time to announce things pertaining to<br />

the meeting such as what the managers of the building expect of us as<br />

renters.<br />

The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong><br />

guides us in these matters. Tradition Four says, “Groups have promoted<br />

non-OA-approved literature to their members, or focused meeting<br />

discussions on topics not related to recovery from compulsive overeating,<br />

forgetting our primary purpose as expressed in Tradition Five. Meeting<br />

time has been used to promote outside enterprises <strong>and</strong> issues, despite<br />

our Sixth <strong>and</strong> Seventh Traditions” (p. 139).<br />

Tradition Five says, “We who have found a sane way of eating <strong>and</strong><br />

living have a responsibility to make sure OA doesn’t become sidetracked”<br />

(p. 145). “Tradition Six cautions each OA group to stick to the primary<br />

purpose exclusively, no matter how many outside enterprises may<br />

interest us as individuals” (p. 153). <strong>It</strong> continues, “Though these<br />

enterprises may be worthwhile, they threaten to divert the attention of<br />

groups from OA’s unique function, which is to carry the message of<br />

Twelve-Step recovery to compulsive overeaters who still suffer” (pp. 153-<br />

154).<br />

“The Tenth Tradition asks us to leave these issues outside when we<br />

walk through the OA doors. Even the most worthy of other causes has no<br />

place in an OA meeting” (pp. 185-186).<br />

76


At times we may need to bring up something outside the Twelve<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions, but we should be aware of what we may be<br />

bringing to our groups then <strong>and</strong> in the future.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is slightly different when a member needs help in getting to a gas<br />

station, has car problems, needs a ride home or is not feeling well. These<br />

things don’t affect OA as a whole <strong>and</strong> are not endorsing an outside<br />

enterprise. Sometimes we have to use common sense.<br />

— September 2004<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—RELIGION<br />

• Religion should not be a priority in OA, yet it seems to be a<br />

cause for concern in many meetings <strong>and</strong> even in our region<br />

assemblies. Some want to discontinue religious-based raffles <strong>and</strong><br />

prizes. OA has always included the Lord’s Prayer, as has AA, but<br />

now it isn’t good enough to close OA meetings. How can certain<br />

OA members keep their faith <strong>and</strong> belief systems from being<br />

trampled at the region <strong>and</strong> world service levels?<br />

Please refer to the OA preamble in OA’s “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” (p. v);<br />

the OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups (p. 34, second<br />

paragraph); <strong>and</strong> the Traditions, especially One, Two, Four, Five, Six, Ten<br />

<strong>and</strong> Twelve. Also refer to the Business Conference Policy Manual,<br />

Continuing Effect Motion 1993a, which covers suggested closings for OA<br />

meetings.<br />

OA members come from varied backgrounds, so it’s best to focus<br />

on our common bond rather than on our differences. Well-intended<br />

members often donate raffle prizes. If someone objects to using a<br />

particular prize, the group might hold a group conscience to decide<br />

whether to use the prize. If the group decides to use it, the objecting<br />

members may choose not to purchase a ticket for that prize.<br />

Groups may close meetings with the Lord’s Prayer if they choose,<br />

even though the 1993a motion does not include it in the list of suggested<br />

closings. The word suggested does not mean “must.” <strong>It</strong> is important to<br />

have a group conscience to resolve any concerns, especially those related<br />

to “religious” items. If the group decides to use that prayer, it is not<br />

violating the Traditions.<br />

— May 2004<br />

OUTSIDE ISSUES—TALKING IN MEETINGS ABOUT NON-OA<br />

ORGANIZATIONS<br />

• Why can’t we talk in OA meetings about organizations that have<br />

helped us get well?<br />

77


<strong>It</strong> may seem innocent to mention people, places <strong>and</strong> things in<br />

addition to OA that have helped us get well, but the Twelve Traditions<br />

were intended to preserve the special character of the program for which<br />

they were created. The founders of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, who wrote the<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions, had seen other organizations, which were also<br />

trying to help alcoholics, crumble because they endorsed <strong>and</strong> involved<br />

themselves with outside entities. The AA founders realized that their<br />

singleness of purpose was their strength.<br />

We acknowledge the many avenues that have helped us in our<br />

journeys, but in meetings, other than passing references, we confine our<br />

sharing to talking only about the OA program <strong>and</strong> how it has helped our<br />

recoveries. Newcomers come to OA seeking help from the OA program.<br />

Our job is to make sure that legacy is there for them.<br />

— September 2003<br />

• How can a group secretary h<strong>and</strong>le people bringing up outside<br />

issues by name—such as exercise clubs, doctors, therapists or<br />

books—during sharing?<br />

This is always a touchy issue. Members squirm when an<br />

enthusiastic member says something like, “I’ve lost 4 pounds (2 kg) since<br />

I joined Mike’s gym. They have a great sign-up special this month,” “Dr.<br />

Brown prescribed a great appetite suppressant for me” or “That new<br />

book, Fat <strong>and</strong> Fabulous, makes a lot of sense to me.”<br />

Generally, it is the meeting secretary’s role to gently interrupt the<br />

share with a comment like, “I’m sorry to interrupt, but I’m uncomfortable<br />

hearing an outside issue mentioned at our meeting. Our group conscience<br />

has stated that this meeting follows the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions. Discussion of outside issues is against our Sixth Tradition.”<br />

If the secretary does not intervene, any group member may<br />

interrupt the share. If no member brings up the Tradition violation at the<br />

time it occurs, several things can be done; for example:<br />

• Hold a group-conscience meeting <strong>and</strong> reinforce the need to refrain<br />

from mentioning outside issues during sharing.<br />

• Call the person involved <strong>and</strong> kindly suggest that he or she<br />

remember not to bring outside issues into a meeting.<br />

• <strong>Ask</strong> the member’s sponsor, if known, to call the member to<br />

discuss the issue.<br />

None of these options is comfortable or easy, but the alternative is<br />

to allow outside issues to dilute our OA message. This can be confusing to<br />

both newcomers <strong>and</strong> longtimers. <strong>It</strong> is the responsibility of every OA<br />

member to respect <strong>and</strong> protect the Traditions <strong>and</strong> the integrity of our<br />

meetings.<br />

— December 2006<br />

78


OUTSIDE ISSUES—TENANTS’ MEETING<br />

• The venue in which an OA meeting is held has asked the OA<br />

group to send a representative to its tenants’ meeting. Would it<br />

break any Tradition for OA members to participate in this<br />

meeting?<br />

Sending an OA member to a tenants’ meeting does not break any<br />

OA Tradition. A venue holds tenants’ meetings usually to communicate<br />

information to the tenants or to address their concerns. This could also be<br />

an excellent opportunity for public information work. OA members’<br />

participation will inform the community that OA exists in the area.<br />

— September 2002<br />

OUTSIDE OPINIONS<br />

• Why can’t we have an opinion on organizations that fit in with<br />

<strong>and</strong> support OA? They help us, so why can’t we help them?<br />

The answer to this question lies in Traditions Six <strong>and</strong> Ten. According<br />

to Tradition Six, “An OA group ought never endorse, finance or lend the<br />

OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise, lest problems of<br />

money, property <strong>and</strong> prestige divert us from our primary purpose.”<br />

Tradition Ten states, “<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> has no opinion on outside<br />

issues; hence the OA name ought never be drawn into public<br />

controversy.”<br />

We are fortunate to enjoy <strong>and</strong> appreciate the support of many<br />

organizations, <strong>and</strong> we express that appreciation privately in many ways.<br />

However, our greatest strength has always been our singleness of<br />

purpose. Founders of the first Twelve-Step program looked back in<br />

history to see why earlier attempts to help people suffering from<br />

compulsive diseases had failed. They discovered that these earlier<br />

programs had foundered when they became involved in issues outside<br />

their primary purpose.<br />

We may privately have opinions both for <strong>and</strong> against other<br />

organizations, may privately recommend them to others <strong>and</strong> may even<br />

be personally involved in them. However, as OA members <strong>and</strong> as<br />

representatives of OA as a whole, we talk only about <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, what it does <strong>and</strong> what it has done for us. In doing so, the<br />

confused newcomer <strong>and</strong> the public at large receive a clear message from<br />

us about what we do <strong>and</strong> who we are. We avoid potential disagreement<br />

among ourselves about things we would never agree on <strong>and</strong> that would<br />

divert us from our primary purpose: to carry our message to the<br />

compulsive overeater who still suffers. Concerning all outside issues, it’s<br />

“live <strong>and</strong> let live.”<br />

— May 2002<br />

79


OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—IN GROUPS<br />

• A priest who works with behavior modification for overeaters<br />

but who has no Twelve-Step background was invited to speak to<br />

our group. Several of us objected, but we need to know what OA<br />

policy is on outside speakers so we can present it to the group.<br />

Whether we are considering outside literature or outside speakers<br />

for OA meetings <strong>and</strong> other functions, the question that should be asked<br />

is: Are we fulfilling our group purpose, which is to carry the OA message?<br />

The people who come to OA meetings are there to hear about the<br />

OA program; if they wished to learn about other programs, they would be<br />

elsewhere.<br />

When we present speakers whose experience or expertise is in<br />

areas outside the Twelve-Step program, we not only confuse newcomers,<br />

we also give the impression that we must not have much confidence in<br />

the OA program if we feel we have to supplement it. Moreover, we may<br />

appear to endorse outside enterprises or have opinions on outside issues.<br />

With nearly a quarter century of experience, OA’s resources of<br />

program literature <strong>and</strong> program speakers are readily available to groups<br />

in most areas. In communities where OA is new, help may be found by<br />

contacting the nearest intergroup or the region office <strong>and</strong> asking for<br />

speakers.<br />

We can say without hesitation that there are recovering OAers<br />

everywhere who consider it a privilege to travel long distances to give<br />

away what they have received.<br />

— February 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, July/August<br />

1984<br />

OUTSIDE SPEAKERS—AT MARATHONS<br />

• At marathons, do speakers need to be from the OA Fellowship?<br />

Can addiction counselors be speakers, or are they considered an<br />

outside issue?<br />

Our primary purpose is to carry the message found in the Twelfth<br />

Step: “Having had a spiritual awakening as the result of these Steps, we<br />

tried to carry this message to compulsive overeaters <strong>and</strong> to practice<br />

these principles in all our affairs.” The promises of the Ninth Step assure<br />

us freedom from our compulsion as a result of the spiritual awakening. <strong>It</strong><br />

is critically important to recognize that only in OA can we hear this<br />

message <strong>and</strong> see the results of practicing OA’s Twelve Steps.<br />

If counselors could have solved the problem of compulsive eating,<br />

there never would have been an OA. That is why we must ensure that<br />

those who come to our meetings, conventions, marathons <strong>and</strong> retreats<br />

80


hear our message, because it is a message that saves lives. Outside<br />

speakers who have not experienced the hell of compulsive eating are<br />

unable to convey the experience of escaping from that hell by means of<br />

the Twelve Steps of OA. Our Fifth Tradition tells us to keep it simple by<br />

focusing on our message.<br />

Our Sixth Tradition tells us that we must never lend the OA name<br />

by endorsement. Selecting a particular counselor, counseling philosophy,<br />

nutritionist or other outside physical or mental self-improvement<br />

counselor is a form of endorsement <strong>and</strong> is not appropriate for any OA<br />

service body or group.<br />

Our Tenth Tradition tells us that we take no position on outside<br />

issues, <strong>and</strong> counseling approaches can be issue ridden. Selecting a<br />

specific counselor involves taking a position on an outside issue. Based on<br />

fairness, other counselors with other approaches would then want access<br />

to our membership as well.<br />

— April 2005<br />

PLAN OF EATING—PRESCRIBED<br />

• How do you respond to a newcomer or relapsed OA person who<br />

insists that he/she needs a prescribed plan of eating?<br />

This is really not a problem. If a newcomer asks this of you,<br />

suggest that the person see a qualified professional (e.g., a nutritionist or<br />

dietitian). If an individual continues to ask for suggestions, have him or<br />

her make a list of personal binge foods. Suggest that the person try to<br />

avoid eating the foods on the list. Of course, some people can binge on<br />

any food, so before making this suggestion, you might want to talk with<br />

the member to discover if this is a problem. A plan of eating is an<br />

individual matter. No two people have the same metabolism or digestive<br />

system. Each person approaches problems with a personal perspective<br />

<strong>and</strong> a different approach.<br />

For further guidance <strong>and</strong> many suggestions, please read the justreleased<br />

pamphlet A Plan of Eating. <strong>It</strong> was approved at the 1998 World<br />

Service Business Conference.<br />

— September 1998<br />

PHYSICAL RECOVERY— “RECOVERED” OVEREATER<br />

• Is it acceptable to call oneself a “recovered” compulsive<br />

overeater, as I read in a past <strong>Lifeline</strong> story? I thought we were<br />

never really recovered?<br />

Since our OA program is based on the Twelve Steps of Alcoholics<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, many OA members refer to the Big Book (Alcoholics<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>) when seeking information about recovery. In the Foreword<br />

81


to the First Edition, the word “recovered” is used in the first two<br />

sentences: “We, of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, are more than one hundred<br />

men <strong>and</strong> women who have recovered from a seemingly hopeless state of<br />

mind <strong>and</strong> body. To show other alcoholics precisely how we have<br />

recovered is the main purpose of this book.” The word “recovered” is<br />

used 10 more times in the first 164 pages of the Big Book.<br />

Some OA members like to make a distinction between being<br />

“recovered” <strong>and</strong> “cured.” On page 85 of the Third Edition we find, “We are<br />

not cured of alcoholism,” but it also says “ . . . the problem has been<br />

removed.” However, there is a contingency that “ . . . we keep in fit<br />

spiritual condition.”<br />

The use of these terms has been of interest to OA members for<br />

quite some time. The following is a helpful answer to a similar question<br />

that appeared in the <strong>Lifeline</strong> <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> in November 2001:<br />

“Many OAers use the term ‘recovered.’ Many use the term<br />

‘recovering.’ Those who use ‘recovered’ are emphasizing the change<br />

within that has given them the miracle of recovery. Those who use<br />

‘recovering’ are emphasizing the day-to-day work they do to keep<br />

recovering. There are no rights or wrongs in this regard. We use the<br />

words that feel most comfortable to us, keeping in mind that our primary<br />

purpose is to carry the message of recovery to those who still suffer, as<br />

Tradition Five points out.”<br />

— January 2007<br />

PHYSICAL RECOVERY—WHY IT’S IMPORTANT<br />

• Why is physical recovery important?<br />

We have a three-fold disease, <strong>and</strong> the solution is three-fold also. Is<br />

having only physical recovery better than having only emotional recovery<br />

or only spiritual recovery? Can a compulsive overeater recover in only<br />

one aspect of our disease? Probably not. For most of us, abstinence from<br />

compulsive eating comes first. We must abstain from compulsive<br />

overeating before we can think clearly, find a Higher Power to work with<br />

<strong>and</strong> work the Steps. In working the Steps <strong>and</strong> using the tools, we will<br />

have recovery in all three areas.<br />

— July 2000<br />

POLICY STATEMENTS<br />

• I underst<strong>and</strong> that OA’s policy statements are passed by the<br />

World Service Business Conference. Were any new policy<br />

statements adopted by Conference 1993?<br />

The two policy statements printed below were passed at this year’s<br />

Conference. OA policy statements were conceived to help clarify complex<br />

82


questions <strong>and</strong> provide suggested guidelines for OA service bodies. They<br />

are submitted to Conference by intergroups as new business motions,<br />

<strong>and</strong> then debated <strong>and</strong> voted on by the delegates. Board-approved policy<br />

statements are adopted by the Board of Trustees.<br />

The Business Conference Policy Manual contains all of OA’s policies.<br />

<strong>It</strong>’s included in the OA Final Conference Report, available for purchase in<br />

the OA literature catalog.<br />

(Policy statements regarding suggested OA meeting <strong>and</strong> event<br />

closings <strong>and</strong> sale or display of other than OA-approved literature in<br />

violation with Tradition Six were printed here.)<br />

— September 1993<br />

POWERLESS OVER FOOD BUT HAVE CONTROL<br />

• How can a person be powerless over food but have control?<br />

How much control can I have if I’m powerless?<br />

You ask a question that is at the core of the OA program of<br />

recovery. The first three Steps of OA recovery have been summarized as<br />

“I can’t; Higher Power can; I think I will let Higher Power.”<br />

At www.oa.org you can read: “<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> offers a<br />

program of recovery from compulsive overeating using the Twelve Steps<br />

<strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of OA. Worldwide meetings <strong>and</strong> other tools provide<br />

a fellowship of experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope.” Individual OA members<br />

deal with your questions in different ways. Some find strength in turning<br />

their food over to the Higher Power of their underst<strong>and</strong>ing. Others find<br />

that developing a food plan with a health-care professional <strong>and</strong><br />

committing to following it with a sponsor helps them control their food.<br />

Others believe the Big Book of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, upon which<br />

our OA program is based, promises total freedom from the hopeless state<br />

of mind <strong>and</strong> body that characterizes many people who come to OA for<br />

help.<br />

“Lack of power, that was our dilemma. We had to find a power by<br />

which we could live, <strong>and</strong> it had to be a Power greater than ourselves.<br />

Obviously. But where <strong>and</strong> how were we to find this Power?<br />

“Well, that’s exactly what this book is about. <strong>It</strong>s main object is to<br />

enable you to find a Power greater than yourself which will solve your<br />

problem” (Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, 4th ed., p. 45).<br />

I encourage the writer to attend many different OA meetings <strong>and</strong><br />

find an OA sponsor who has what this person wants in recovery. We who<br />

have recovered are obliged to pass on this gift according to Step Twelve.<br />

Keep coming back.<br />

— July 2005<br />

83


PRAYER—LORD’S PRAYER<br />

• Can we say the Lord’s Prayer in OA? If a group votes to close<br />

with the Lord’s Prayer, is this against suggested guidelines?<br />

The answer to the first question is yes. <strong>It</strong> is for the group<br />

conscience of the meeting to decide this matter. The answer to the<br />

second question is also yes. The answer is the same for both because<br />

meetings are free to go against suggested guidelines. When meetings<br />

consider doing so, it is helpful to have a thorough group-conscience<br />

discussion about OA’s Traditions.<br />

Because the Lord’s Prayer is associated with specific religious<br />

beliefs <strong>and</strong> is used in at least two different versions by different religions,<br />

it can be a barrier to unity for those who are not affiliated with those<br />

religions. Our First Tradition tells us our recovery depends on OA unity.<br />

Any action which may threaten that unity threatens our recovery.<br />

Our Fifth Tradition tells us, “Each group has but one primary<br />

purpose—to carry its message.” The message is found in the Twelfth<br />

Step: “Having had a spiritual awakening as the result of these Steps, we<br />

tried to carry this message to compulsive overeaters.” Our purpose is not<br />

to provide a sectarian prayer ceremony, which is available in appropriate<br />

churches, nor is it to convey the idea that specific beliefs about a Higher<br />

Power are associated with OA. <strong>It</strong> is helpful to remember that OA exists<br />

because various religious organizations were unable to free their<br />

practitioners from the chains of our disease. To use OA meetings to<br />

support the practices of specific religions is to fail to recognize the unique<br />

message of OA, which is available to people of any religious persuasion.<br />

The World Service Business Conference (WSBC), which is the<br />

worldwide group conscience of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, has considered<br />

this subject often <strong>and</strong> has refused to include the Lord’s Prayer in the list<br />

of suggested closings. Some believe the WSBC has rejected<br />

recommending the Lord’s Prayer because doing so would endorse a<br />

particular religious tradition <strong>and</strong> would open the door to legitimate<br />

expectations of including prayers of other religious traditions. Also, the<br />

WSBC may have considered the prayer divisive in its spirit rather than<br />

uniting.<br />

The WSBC adopted the first formal expression of this concern for<br />

unity in Policy 1993a (Business Conference Policy Manual, 1962–2004, p.<br />

13). <strong>It</strong> reaffirmed it in 1997, 1999 <strong>and</strong> 2001 by defeating motions to<br />

include the Lord’s Prayer in the list of suggested closings.<br />

— June 2005<br />

84


PRAYER—HP’S WILL, NOT SELF-WILL<br />

• Even after lots of prayer, how does one know when actions<br />

taken are HP’s will, not self-will?<br />

I begin each day praying for God’s direction <strong>and</strong> the power to carry<br />

it out. As my conscious contact with God increases <strong>and</strong> I grow spiritually,<br />

I am more in tune with God’s will for me. I have a feeling of rightness—<br />

an inner calmness that tells me I am in line with my Higher Power’s<br />

wishes for me. I can never be certain that my actions are God’s will, but I<br />

have some criteria I follow to help me make that determination. First, I<br />

put any pending decision in my Higher Power’s h<strong>and</strong>s. Then I continue to<br />

do what is in front of me, focusing on service to others to diminish my<br />

self-centeredness. When my proposed action is obvious, comfortable <strong>and</strong><br />

complete, it feels like God’s will. I learned this from my sponsor. If one of<br />

these components is missing <strong>and</strong> there is a struggle, I don’t take any<br />

action but continue to pray <strong>and</strong> wait until those missing pieces are in<br />

place.<br />

An example is when I considered running for the trustee position.<br />

When it was first mentioned to me, it was not obvious or comfortable. I<br />

turned over this decision, <strong>and</strong> my desire to run for the position increased,<br />

so it became comfortable. I then received my region’s affirmation, so it<br />

became obvious I could do this. I also needed my husb<strong>and</strong>’s support<br />

because of the increased travel schedule <strong>and</strong> time required to perform<br />

trustee responsibilities. My husb<strong>and</strong> gave me his blessings, <strong>and</strong> it became<br />

complete. <strong>It</strong> felt like God’s will for me.<br />

I don’t always make the best decisions, <strong>and</strong> as the Big Book states,<br />

“<strong>It</strong> is not probable that we are going to be inspired at all times. We might<br />

pay for this presumption in all sorts of absurd actions <strong>and</strong> ideas”<br />

(Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>, 4th ed., p. 87). As I have continued to ask for<br />

freedom from self-will <strong>and</strong> trust in my Higher Power’s guidance, my<br />

actions have become less absurd <strong>and</strong> more obvious, comfortable <strong>and</strong><br />

complete.<br />

— July 2006<br />

PRAYER—SERENITY PRAYER<br />

• One local meeting ends with the Serenity Prayer followed by<br />

these words: “Living one day at a time, enjoying one moment at a<br />

time, accepting hardship as a pathway to peace; taking this world<br />

as it is, not as I would have it . . . trusting that You will make all<br />

things right if I surrender to Your will.” Is this ending Conferenceapproved?<br />

Where does the Serenity Prayer come from?<br />

The 1993 World Service Business Conference passed a motion to<br />

suggest that all OA meetings <strong>and</strong> events be closed with one of the<br />

85


following: the Serenity Prayer, the Seventh-Step prayer, the Third-Step<br />

prayer or the OA Promise, “I Put My H<strong>and</strong> In Yours.” If your group has<br />

decided upon an exp<strong>and</strong>ed version of the st<strong>and</strong>ard three-line Serenity<br />

Prayer, then that is your group’s decision, <strong>and</strong> the suggestion from<br />

Conference is broad enough to support it.<br />

The Serenity Prayer first came to AA’s attention in 1942, when one<br />

member noticed it in an obituary in the New York Herald Tribune. Feeling<br />

that it captured the Twelve-Step philosophy, members immediately<br />

printed cards <strong>and</strong> distributed them at meetings.<br />

According to the August/September, 1992 issue of “Box 459: News<br />

<strong>and</strong> Notes from the General Service Office of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong>,” the<br />

exact origin of the prayer has been “shrouded in overlays of history, even<br />

mystery” over the years. The newsletter claims that undisputed<br />

authorship belongs to Dr. Rheinhold Niebhur, who said he wrote the<br />

prayer in 1932 as a “tag line” to a sermon he delivered, although its<br />

source may be much more ancient.<br />

Certainly the prayer’s themes of wisdom, faith, courage <strong>and</strong><br />

acceptance are common among history’s philosophies <strong>and</strong> religions.<br />

Further research in the 1950s <strong>and</strong> ’60s found a similar prayer, as<br />

reported in AA’s Grapevine in 1964, on a plaque in a West German hotel,<br />

attributed to the 18th century priest, Friedrich Oetinger. This was<br />

accepted, until 1979, as the prayer’s true origin. AA researchers then<br />

discovered a much earlier form of the prayer in a book by the Roman<br />

philosopher, Boethius (480-524 CE), as well as a card with the same<br />

prayer dubbed as the “General’s Prayer,” dating it to the 14th century.<br />

Through all the claims, Mrs. Reinhold Niebhur insists that her<br />

husb<strong>and</strong> was the Serenity Prayer’s author, <strong>and</strong> that he “used <strong>and</strong><br />

preferred” the following form:<br />

“God, give us grace to accept with serenity the things that cannot<br />

be changed, courage to change the things that should be changed, <strong>and</strong><br />

the wisdom to distinguish the one from the other.”<br />

— February 1996<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—ANONYMITY AND TRADITIONS ELEVEN<br />

AND TWELVE<br />

• Several members of our group are concerned about the public<br />

relations policy of our intergroup. The public information chair<br />

<strong>and</strong> others believe it’s OK to use their full names in the public<br />

media as long as they are representing the intergroup. <strong>It</strong> is our<br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing that Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve apply to all<br />

members. Can you clarify?<br />

The writings of Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> co-founder Bill W. provide a<br />

wealth of information relating to the Eleventh <strong>and</strong> Twelfth Traditions. Yet,<br />

86


the principle of anonymity is often misunderstood <strong>and</strong> misapplied, almost<br />

always with the best intentions.<br />

The Traditions are a legacy of safeguarding the existence of our<br />

Fellowship <strong>and</strong>, therefore, the personal recovery of each of us. They<br />

protect us against the potentially catastrophic effects of disunity, selfseeking<br />

<strong>and</strong> the countless other foibles <strong>and</strong> follies we have in common<br />

with the rest of humanity.<br />

The anonymity Traditions reflect the principle of humility, which Bill<br />

W. called “the greatest safeguard that Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> can ever<br />

have.” For many long-time members, humility is also the greatest<br />

safeguard of personal recovery.<br />

To underst<strong>and</strong> why it is so important to “maintain personal<br />

anonymity at the level of press, radio, films, television, <strong>and</strong> other public<br />

media of communication,” each of us would do well to read – <strong>and</strong> reread<br />

– the text of Traditions Eleven <strong>and</strong> Twelve in Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions published by Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> World Services, Inc.<br />

— July 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, March/April 1986<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—CAMPAIGN<br />

• Our intergroup is planning a public information campaign for the<br />

coming year. To assist us in getting OA’s message out to the<br />

community, we would like to know what resources are available<br />

from the WSO.<br />

The following is a list of public information resources at WSO.<br />

Pamphlets <strong>and</strong> flyers:<br />

• OA Is Not a Diet Club<br />

• <strong>Questions</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Answers</strong><br />

• 15 <strong>Questions</strong><br />

• A Program of Recovery<br />

• Many Symptoms, One Solution<br />

• About OA<br />

• OA Cares<br />

• New-Prospect Card<br />

• To the Newcomer<br />

• To the Compulsive Overeater in the Military<br />

• To the Man Who Wants to Stop Compulsive Overeating, Welcome<br />

• To the Teen<br />

• To the Teen Questionnaire<br />

• Compulsive Overeating: An Inside View<br />

• Introducing OA to Health Care Professionals<br />

• Introducing OA to the Clergy<br />

• Introducing OA to the Military<br />

87


• The Obese Employee<br />

Manuals:<br />

• Public Information Service Manual<br />

• HIPM (Hospitals, Institutions, Professionals <strong>and</strong> Military) Service Manual<br />

Posters:<br />

• Poster Display Kit (10 posters)<br />

• Bulletin Board Attraction Card<br />

Videotapes:<br />

• <strong>It</strong>’s Not What You’re Eating, <strong>It</strong>’s What’s Eating You (Public Service<br />

Announcement)<br />

• OA—<strong>It</strong> Works<br />

In particular, consult our Public Information Service Manual, which<br />

suggests appropriate literature for particular PI events <strong>and</strong> activities.<br />

The WSBC Public Information Committee is also a useful resource<br />

to contact for ideas <strong>and</strong> materials regarding public information activities.<br />

Many regions have active public information committees that<br />

coordinate region-wide PI activities. Your intergroup can contact your<br />

regional PI committee chairperson for support <strong>and</strong> ideas in planning your<br />

campaign.<br />

— February 2000<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMIT TO MEMBERS ONLY AND<br />

ADVERTISE EVENTS TO PUBLIC<br />

• As public-information chairperson for our IG, I need to know<br />

whether it is a break in Traditions to limit attendance to<br />

“members only” at our day-long or weekend marathons.<br />

Conversely, is it breaking a Tradition to advertise these events to<br />

the public?<br />

If your intergroup does not have a copy of the Public Information<br />

Service Manual, consider ordering one from the World Service Office. <strong>It</strong><br />

contains a wealth of information to help you in your PI work <strong>and</strong> can<br />

guide you in how <strong>and</strong> when to use the media to attract new members.<br />

If your group conscience decides it wants to hold an event for<br />

members only, there is no rule that says it should not. However, you<br />

would not be upholding the spirit of Tradition Five—that each group has<br />

the primary purpose of carrying the OA message to those who still<br />

suffer—if you barred anyone from your meeting who had a desire to stop<br />

eating compulsively. Your intergroup might want to spend some time<br />

88


discussing what types of special events you want to hold <strong>and</strong> how much it<br />

would be appropriate to advertise different events.<br />

For example, weekend marathons are often held at hotels, where<br />

there is usually a charge for those attending. Also, such marathons<br />

usually have a focus on maintaining recovery, <strong>and</strong> there are not a lot of<br />

newcomers in attendance.<br />

But it’s important not to neglect using the media as a significant<br />

way of attracting new members. There would certainly be no Traditions<br />

break in choosing to advertise an event. Many newcomers first hear of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> through a newspaper advertisement or a public<br />

service announcement on radio or television, <strong>and</strong> it’s always exciting<br />

whenever someone’s first encounter with OA is a marathon or retreat.<br />

Step Twelve suggests that we try to carry the OA message to other<br />

compulsive overeaters. As OA members, we must ask ourselves: How<br />

well am I practicing this part of the Twelfth Step? Each group, intergroup<br />

<strong>and</strong> region needs to ask itself this question, as well. We must remember<br />

that by focusing our best efforts on attracting those who still suffer, our<br />

groups get stronger, we ensure our own recovery, <strong>and</strong> we help those who<br />

may otherwise feel hopeless.<br />

— February 1997<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—LIMITED BUDGET<br />

• In February’s column, we asked members how their groups <strong>and</strong><br />

intergroup undertake public information activities with little or no<br />

budget. Here are two responses.<br />

Here are some of our intergroup’s low-budget PI methods:<br />

• Radio stations are required to broadcast a certain number of<br />

public service announcements. Keep the message brief <strong>and</strong> include a<br />

phone contact, if possible. This announcement will need to be updated<br />

monthly or bimonthly. And don’t forget public radio stations; they are<br />

usually more eager to cooperation.<br />

• Bright-colored signs for bulletin boards can be h<strong>and</strong>made. We put<br />

a tear-off pull-tab at the bottom of the sheet with a local contact number<br />

on each tab. These work very well tacked or stapled on boards in grocery<br />

stores, Laundromats, churches, etc.<br />

• Weekly shoppers, community newspapers <strong>and</strong> some local daily<br />

papers place notices at no charge in their “community bulletin” sections.<br />

Some of these need to be renewed monthly.<br />

• We send meeting lists to employee assistance programs at<br />

companies with a large number of employees. Calling first to get a name<br />

helps get the information to the right person.<br />

– R.T. & L.V., Central Illinois Intergroup, Bloomington, Illinois USA<br />

89


Our little meeting (three to eight OA members per week) focuses on<br />

service in a number of ways.<br />

We hold two OA-sponsored events a year. In the winter we call it a<br />

“public information seminar” <strong>and</strong> hold it in the community room at the<br />

local library. This requires a room deposit but no room charge. We type<br />

up flyers <strong>and</strong> have copies made for a minimal cost. I think two weeks’<br />

worth of the Seventh-Tradition collection covers this expense. We leave<br />

flyers wherever we go: grocery stores, libraries, university buildings,<br />

doctors’ offices, bookstores, health clubs. We all carry a roll of tape with<br />

us at all times.<br />

We advertise the public information seminar in the local<br />

newspapers, <strong>and</strong> on radio <strong>and</strong> TV stations. All of these offer free public<br />

service announcements. Unfortunately, it is hard to get free space on the<br />

radio or TV, but we keep trying. At the meeting we distribute back issues<br />

of <strong>Lifeline</strong>, our monthly local newsletter <strong>and</strong> the pamphlet Fifteen<br />

<strong>Questions</strong> to help newcomers determine if they need our program.<br />

The second OA event we sponsor is a picnic in the summer. We try<br />

to focus on inviting the community to have some fun <strong>and</strong> get to know us<br />

<strong>and</strong> our recovery program. We do the same type of advertising as for our<br />

other event.<br />

We also purchase a few dozen Fifteen <strong>Questions</strong> flyers from the<br />

WSO <strong>and</strong> write our intergroup’s phone number on them, as well as a<br />

contact person’s number for our meeting. We pass these out all over, too.<br />

The cost is minimal for the flyers.<br />

Our group has also committed to writing brief articles for our local<br />

OA monthly newsletter the first week of each month. This puts us in the<br />

service mode. I know that our small group is strong because of all the<br />

service work we do. I want to encourage every group out there to spread<br />

the OA message to the public.<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong><br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—PHYSICAL RECOVERY REQUIREMENT<br />

• We’ve heard that members who speak to health professionals<br />

<strong>and</strong> other community groups should be in physical recovery (not<br />

overweight). Is there a statement explaining this<br />

recommendation so that those who are still overweight don’t take<br />

it personally?<br />

The Public Information Manual suggests the following: “OAers who<br />

speak to non-OA meetings should have an established recovery from<br />

compulsive overeating, a good appearance reflecting their physical <strong>and</strong><br />

emotional well-being, <strong>and</strong> thorough knowledge of the OA program <strong>and</strong><br />

the Traditions.<br />

90


Clearly the reason for these recommendations is rooted in the fact<br />

that body size is the st<strong>and</strong>ard automatically applied to persons who say<br />

they are recovering from compulsive overeating. We in OA know<br />

members who, having lost a lot of weight, are still only halfway to normal<br />

size. Does such an individual make a good spokesperson for the OA<br />

program?<br />

The answer can only be based on the circumstances. In considering<br />

your options, the best choice may well be the member who has more<br />

weight to lose but who is making excellent progress at all levels of<br />

recovery.<br />

Just as we do in speaking to OA groups, members addressing non-<br />

OA audiences should qualify briefly, giving former <strong>and</strong> present weight (or<br />

the total lost), before going on to tell of the inner change brought about<br />

by the Twelve-Step program <strong>and</strong> its effect on the quality of our own <strong>and</strong><br />

others’ lives.<br />

— January 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June<br />

1984<br />

• Our intergroup is reserving a booth at a large health fair. Many<br />

OA members who have agreed to volunteer at the booth have<br />

little or no physical recovery. Should our intergroup require or<br />

suggest that volunteers be an attraction to OA by having physical<br />

recovery? What if no one with physical recovery volunteers?<br />

The HIPM (Hospital, Institutions, Professional, Military) Service<br />

Manual suggests that volunteers at health fairs have physical, emotional<br />

<strong>and</strong> spiritual recovery. Our purpose in attending a health fair is to tell<br />

people how our obsession with food lifted through working the Twelve<br />

Steps of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>. At these events the volunteers are<br />

representing the OA program. Displaying a healthy body weight gives the<br />

message that the Twelve Steps work.<br />

For those who are overweight, weight loss is a byproduct of<br />

recovery through the Steps. Volunteers who do not have physical<br />

recovery give little credence to OA’s program of recovery. What kind of<br />

message are we carrying if volunteers at an OA booth are overweight?<br />

Many volunteers have reported after a health fair or professional<br />

conference that attendees commented on the volunteers’ slim physical<br />

appearance. Physical recovery piques the public’s interest in learning<br />

more about OA.<br />

The intergroup’s group conscience should decide whether or not to<br />

have an abstinence requirement for these events. OA’s cofounder<br />

stated in one of her addresses that it was better for a service position to<br />

remain vacant than for a nonabstaining member to take it on. <strong>It</strong> might be<br />

better for an intergroup not to participate in this health-fair event than to<br />

send volunteers who convey the wrong message about <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

91


— January 2006<br />

PUBLIC INFORMATION—PUBLIC AWARENESSS CAMPAIGN<br />

• Delegates to the 2007 World Service Business Conference<br />

passed a motion to initiate a Public Awareness Campaign using an<br />

outside advertising agency. The Eleventh Tradition states, “Our<br />

public relations policy is based on attraction rather than<br />

promotion.” Why is it okay to collect money for an outside<br />

advertising person to spread the message of OA?<br />

No compulsive eater should be denied the solution found in<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> because she or he lacks knowledge of the<br />

program. For this reason, the delegates at the 2007 World Service<br />

Business Conference overwhelmingly voted to support a motion by the<br />

Board of Trustees to initiate a Public Awareness Campaign using the<br />

services of an outside advertising agency. The delegates also voted to<br />

finance the initial phase of this campaign through member donations.<br />

Some members have concerns about the use of an outside agency<br />

to spread OA’s message. An analogy may be helpful. When we print a<br />

new piece of literature to carry our message, we do not go out <strong>and</strong> buy a<br />

printing press. We get information about services <strong>and</strong> prices from several<br />

printers <strong>and</strong> make the best selection possible.<br />

In the same manner, the delegates voted to select an advertising<br />

agency to carry the message of OA, especially since the World Service<br />

Office staff has neither the time nor the experience to conduct a national<br />

campaign. Several agencies presented bids, <strong>and</strong> the Executive Committee<br />

made a selection. This action is in keeping with Concept Eleven: “Trustee<br />

administration of the World Service Office should always be assisted by<br />

the best st<strong>and</strong>ing committees, executives, staffs <strong>and</strong> consultants.”<br />

The agency is fully aware that our goal is to attract members to OA<br />

through education <strong>and</strong> information, not through celebrity endorsements,<br />

extravagant promises or personal appeals. The Board of Trustees will<br />

approve <strong>and</strong> oversee the entire campaign, with careful consideration of<br />

our Steps, Traditions <strong>and</strong> Concepts.<br />

To fulfill the delegates’ m<strong>and</strong>ate to have the first $20,000 of the<br />

campaign supported by member contributions, the WSO has informed<br />

service bodies of the campaign <strong>and</strong> requested that they initiate a program<br />

to collect member donations for this fund. This will provide every member<br />

of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> an opportunity to help carry our message of<br />

recovery to the still-suffering compulsive eater.<br />

— September/October 2007<br />

92


PUBLIC INFORMATION—RADIO AND TV ANNOUNCEMENTS<br />

• Can we announce our meeting on radio or TV? If so, what can<br />

we say?<br />

You are encouraged to announce OA meetings through the public<br />

media. “Each group has one primary purpose—to carry its message to the<br />

compulsive overeater who still stuffers,” states our Fifth Tradition. Public<br />

service announcements are a good way to do this.<br />

Members are anonymous, but the group is not. Give basic facts<br />

about meeting date, time <strong>and</strong> place, some brief information about OA<br />

(emphasizing that we are not a diet club <strong>and</strong> that we have no dues or<br />

fees), <strong>and</strong> provide a post office box or telephone number.<br />

Radio <strong>and</strong> TV spot announcements may be purchased from the<br />

WSO. Also, you will find samples <strong>and</strong> helpful suggestions in the Public<br />

Information Service Manual.<br />

Radio <strong>and</strong> TV stations are required to provide a certain amount of<br />

time for public service announcements. If they agree to air your OA<br />

announcement, this service will be free of charge.<br />

— February 1993, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1982<br />

SALES AT OA EVENTS<br />

• I recently attended an OA convention in my hometown that<br />

someone who was not an OA member videotaped. He also<br />

displayed tapes <strong>and</strong> literature from another Twelve-Step group.<br />

During the convention dinner, this person’s wife announced that<br />

she was an OA member. She went on to promote the tapes her<br />

husb<strong>and</strong> was selling, <strong>and</strong> I objected. Was I wrong to object to her<br />

promoting the tapes, <strong>and</strong> was she wrong to participate in the<br />

promotion?<br />

Tradition Six: “An OA group ought never endorse, finance or lend<br />

the OA name to any related facility or outside enterprise, lest problems of<br />

money, property <strong>and</strong> prestige divert us from our primary purpose.” See<br />

page 154 in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong> for a further discussion of this issue in the context of<br />

Tradition Six.<br />

The Guidelines for OA Events give more specific guidance:<br />

“<strong>It</strong> is the responsibility of all of us to act as guardians of the<br />

Traditions. Most Tradition violations occur through misunderst<strong>and</strong>ing or<br />

misinformation. We must always be aware that we may inadvertently<br />

make some precedent-setting decision that could adversely affect our<br />

own <strong>and</strong> other groups, <strong>and</strong> thus OA as a whole . . .<br />

93


“The OA-approved literature list of books <strong>and</strong> pamphlets that may<br />

be offered for sale at this event can be obtained from the World Service<br />

Office. Intergroup <strong>and</strong> group-prepared local literature should be used with<br />

the greatest discretion.<br />

“If you choose to sell merch<strong>and</strong>ise [at OA events], follow these<br />

guidelines:<br />

“1. All sales be made by <strong>and</strong> for OA service bodies.<br />

“2. Each sale item be approved by group conscience.<br />

“3. Sales at OA events <strong>and</strong> functions should be conducted in such a<br />

manner so as not to divert or distract from our primary purpose to carry<br />

the message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.<br />

“In accordance with our Traditions, each group, intergroup, region,<br />

world service <strong>and</strong> other service body may determine whether or not to<br />

sell merch<strong>and</strong>ise. <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> must be ever mindful of our<br />

Traditions, which warn against endorsement of outside enterprises.”<br />

Contact the WSO to order the OA Guidelines packet, which contains<br />

the full text of Guidelines for OA Events <strong>and</strong> sheets on related topics<br />

(catalog #570/$1.35).<br />

— January 2001<br />

SERVICE—ABLE TO DO IF UNABLE TO ATTEND MEETINGS<br />

• A member who no longer comes to meetings because of a<br />

disability offers to do service by making calls, especially because<br />

of our need to follow up with newcomers. Since we do not know if<br />

she is working the OA program <strong>and</strong> able to carry the message,<br />

should she be involved in this service?<br />

Tradition Three says, “The only requirement for OA membership is a<br />

desire to stop eating compulsively.” Our book, The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, says that no one who has<br />

this desire can be barred from any OA group. The same book teaches us<br />

that service is the principle underlying Step Twelve. In OA, we learn we<br />

can’t keep recovery unless we are willing to give it away. Ironically, we<br />

seldom know if a member is working a program well enough to be able to<br />

pass it on.<br />

Usually OA service bodies have abstinence requirements for service<br />

positions. Often, our service bodies ask individuals if they meet those<br />

requirements, <strong>and</strong> service bodies must take the answers on faith <strong>and</strong><br />

trust. This is true whether or not an individual is able to use the tool of<br />

meetings. In this situation, it seems your group’s decision does a service<br />

to this member in allowing her to practice Step Twelve <strong>and</strong> ensures that<br />

newcomers receive a follow-up welcome by someone in program.<br />

— May 2006<br />

94


SERVICE—BURN OUT<br />

• What do we do about members burning out at service jobs<br />

because so few are abstinent or are willing to do service on any<br />

level?<br />

No one or two people can do all the work. For a meeting to recover<br />

from the fatal disease of nonparticipation, all members need to work<br />

together . . . together we can! We need to ask ourselves: What is my<br />

recovery worth to me? Is my life in recovery better than before recovery?<br />

Doing service keeps me coming back.<br />

If you or a few of you are the only ones doing the work, ask those<br />

you sponsor to carry the key or put out the literature. Because people<br />

sometimes come from backgrounds in which they didn’t feel worthy, we<br />

need to ask them to do service <strong>and</strong> tell them that they can do a job.<br />

— August 2000<br />

SERVICE—INVOLVING LONGTIMERS IN INTERGROUP<br />

• How can we get longtimers involved with intergroup?<br />

If the apparently reluctant longtimers have a recent <strong>and</strong> extensive<br />

history of serving at intergroup, perhaps they are practicing rotation of<br />

service. <strong>It</strong> is of great value to any service body, however, to have a<br />

balance of OA members who are beginning to contribute their time <strong>and</strong><br />

talent to a service body, along with some OA folks who have experience,<br />

strength <strong>and</strong> hope to share from holding service positions.<br />

One of the best methods to attract OA members, regardless of<br />

experience, is the personal approach. Personally invite a service prospect<br />

to attend the next business meeting. Inform that person of the service<br />

opportunities available <strong>and</strong> suggest a position you think that OA member<br />

would be well suited to hold. Encourage attendance by arranging to go<br />

with the person to the meeting. Nominate that person during the election<br />

process.<br />

Some OA members are reluctant to serve if taking a service<br />

position involves doing all of the tasks or recruiting other OA members to<br />

help out. That need not be the case if the prospect is assured that there<br />

are OAers ready to serve, too.<br />

Another effective way to foster service in OA is for sponsors to<br />

encourage their sponsorees to become involved with OA service. This idea<br />

can be incorporated into a sponsorship workshop.<br />

— August 1998<br />

SERVICE—POSITIONS AND LOSING ABSTINENCE<br />

95


• What should I do if I relapse while holding an OA office with an<br />

abstinence requirement at the intergroup, region or world service<br />

level? Should I step down from the office, tell my group or what?<br />

If you are holding a service position with an abstinence requirement<br />

<strong>and</strong> you return to compulsive overeating (or relapse), then you should<br />

immediately notify the service board, admit you are compulsively<br />

overeating, <strong>and</strong> resign the position. In other words, step down <strong>and</strong><br />

concentrate on your recovery. Keeping a service position thinking you will<br />

regain your abstinence can cause more problems for you <strong>and</strong> for the<br />

group. Your own recovery <strong>and</strong> the group’s welfare should be of primary<br />

concern. Remember to pray about this situation <strong>and</strong> ask your Higher<br />

Power for guidance.<br />

— April 2002<br />

SERVICE—POSITIONS REQUIREMENTS AND TRADITION THREE<br />

• Our group holds a “century meeting” in which service positions<br />

are open only to those who have lost or plan to lose 100 pounds<br />

or more. Is this a break in Traditions?<br />

Many meetings have requirements for service positions, such as a<br />

certain length of continued abstinence or experience beyond the group<br />

level. Groups set these requirements because they believe a certain kind<br />

of experience will benefit the group.<br />

Maybe your group should ask itself whether the 100-pound<br />

requirement for service is designed to meet the group’s needs. If a<br />

nonabstaining person who needs to lose 100 pounds or more can take a<br />

service position, but an abstaining person who has lost 50 pounds cannot,<br />

it might be worthwhile for the group to evaluate the purpose of the<br />

requirements. No one should feel excluded from a group. That’s what<br />

Tradition Three is all about. We should always remember that OA is our<br />

home, <strong>and</strong> we exist to serve all those who suffer.<br />

— April 2001<br />

SERVICE—ROTATION OF<br />

• Several members in our group are having a difficult time giving<br />

up their service positions. What is the theory behind the rotation<br />

of service positions espoused in OA?<br />

OA experience has shown that groups, as well as individual<br />

members, benefit most by rotating service responsibilities so that all<br />

members have a chance to serve. Whether it's for coffee person,<br />

secretary or literature-committee chair, rotation puts new energy into<br />

group life, enabling even the greenest newcomer to "give it away in order<br />

to keep it."<br />

96


Many groups have found that when rotation becomes an established<br />

practice, not only do newcomers, as well as those in relapse, tend to keep<br />

coming back, they also begin working the program earlier. When new<br />

people are responsible for such indispensable services as opening up the<br />

meeting room or setting up the literature table, it helps to counteract<br />

their feelings of shyness <strong>and</strong> encourages participation in group<br />

discussion.<br />

Rotating service positions also prevents one person from becoming<br />

overly possessive or controlling about a job. Members who have "served<br />

long <strong>and</strong> well" need an opportunity to reduce the ego aspect that comes<br />

from being in charge. Such a member could move on to the role of "elder<br />

statesman," encouraging others to take over <strong>and</strong> fostering trust that new<br />

ideas <strong>and</strong> a fresh approach will enhance <strong>and</strong> empower both the group <strong>and</strong><br />

themselves.<br />

Rotation offers every member of the group the privilege of giving<br />

service. <strong>It</strong> also gives us the opportunity to practice the principles of the<br />

program right where they were first presented to us in our home group.<br />

Service terms may vary, but most terms last six months. The task<br />

of establishing service terms <strong>and</strong> conducting elections to fill them are<br />

carried out by group members. (For detailed information, consult the OA<br />

Group H<strong>and</strong>book.<br />

— January 1995, as adapted from WSO Notebook,<br />

September/October 1989 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Lifeline</strong> June 1991<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—ALLOCATION<br />

• What is the suggested distribution of the money received<br />

through our Seventh Tradition collections? There seems to be<br />

some confusion about this.<br />

The OA Board of Trustees suggests that, after paying current<br />

expenses <strong>and</strong> keeping a prudent reserve, the remaining funds be<br />

allocated as follows:<br />

60% to intergroup<br />

30% to WSO<br />

10% to region<br />

Some groups make frequent small contributions while others prefer<br />

to distribute their funds on a quarterly basis. <strong>It</strong> isn’t necessary to wait<br />

until a large sum has accumulated before sending in a group donation.<br />

Small amounts, sent regularly, are the backbone of the Twelfth-Step work<br />

done by our service offices.<br />

— March 1993, reprinted from WSO Notebook,<br />

November/December 1981<br />

97


SEVENTH TRADITION—ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS AND<br />

BABYSITTING<br />

• I was disturbed when the basket was passed four times at a<br />

recent meeting. Besides the usual Seventh Tradition collection,<br />

there were additional collections for the Conference delegates’<br />

fund, to buy a Big Book for “a struggling member in Mexico” <strong>and</strong><br />

to pay babysitting expenses for two group members. Any<br />

suggestions?<br />

This problem is best resolved by group conscience. <strong>It</strong>’s probably<br />

safe to say, however, that most groups prefer to keep collections to one<br />

per meeting except for emergencies such as not having enough in the<br />

kitty to pay the rent.<br />

If the group makes regular donations to intergroup, it is<br />

automatically contributing its share toward delegates’ expenses. (For<br />

suggested allocation of group funds <strong>and</strong> an explanation of how OA service<br />

arms use your donations, see the pamphlet, Self-Supporting the 60-30-<br />

10 Way.)<br />

If group members want to give more toward funding delegates,<br />

they may prefer to increase their donation to intergroup for a time or two<br />

rather than take extra collections. Group conscience can also decide<br />

whether or not to set aside a portion of the group’s funds for such<br />

purposes as buying gift copies of program literature.<br />

Babysitting is a personal expense <strong>and</strong> as such is excluded from the<br />

Seventh Tradition. Individual OAers may certainly give money to needy<br />

members on a private basis, but it should not be made part of the<br />

Seventh Tradition collection.<br />

— January 1991, reprinted from WSO Notebook, May/June 1982<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—ANNOUNCING NEED AT INTERGROUP<br />

MEETINGS<br />

• How do intergroup reps announce at their meetings that their<br />

intergroups need more than a one-dollar Seventh-Tradition<br />

contribution?<br />

<strong>It</strong> is difficult for a small intergroup to support the normal range of<br />

intergroup services, such as a hotline <strong>and</strong> newsletter, from a very small<br />

donation base. The best discussion of this is in the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong><br />

Twelve,” pages 161 through 169. <strong>It</strong> may be helpful to list all intergroup<br />

expenses <strong>and</strong> show how much each group needs to contribute to pay for<br />

the services it receives. Groups gain new members because of the<br />

hotline. They have access to meeting lists because intergroups publish<br />

them. In addition, intergroups maintain <strong>and</strong> update group records. WSO<br />

maintains a database to help people find meetings. The annual<br />

98


Conference, which requires funding, makes OA’s global conscience<br />

possible.<br />

OA has 6,000 groups, <strong>and</strong> these groups must generate about<br />

$600,000 in contributions each year to support the work of the trustees<br />

<strong>and</strong> the WSO. This means each group needs to contribute an average of<br />

$2 per week to the WSO just to keep OA going.<br />

In another example, one intergroup has an annual budget of<br />

$2,400 for 30 groups, which means each group must donate an average<br />

of $80 per year through group or individual donations at special events to<br />

keep the intergroup solvent. Explaining the numbers may help group<br />

members discover if they are getting a free ride, <strong>and</strong> if so, from where:<br />

intergroup, region or WSO.<br />

— September 2005<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—CONTRIBUTIONS<br />

• Must a registered group contribute regularly to its intergroup?<br />

What can an intergroup do if a local group refuses to support it<br />

financially because the local group disagrees with the way the<br />

intergroup is run?<br />

No person <strong>and</strong> no group must contribute to OA. Tradition Three<br />

makes that clear: “The only requirement for OA membership is a desire<br />

to stop eating compulsively.” Some groups do not contribute to their<br />

intergroups or to World Service for various reasons, yet they are<br />

registered <strong>and</strong> listed as OA groups. <strong>It</strong> is unfortunate that this particular<br />

group does not contribute to its intergroup because it disagrees with the<br />

way the intergroup is run. Perhaps members who participate in intergroup<br />

could attend a business meeting of this group <strong>and</strong> encourage open<br />

discussion about intergroup activities. Misconceptions can usually be<br />

cleared up with direct communication. If the group does not participate in<br />

intergroup, invite them to send a member to represent them <strong>and</strong> assume<br />

some responsibility for running the intergroup.<br />

<strong>It</strong> is doubtful that a group that deliberately withholds contributions<br />

from its intergroup is practicing the Seventh Tradition, <strong>and</strong> their actions<br />

could prevent the intergroup from helping compulsive overeaters who still<br />

suffer. OA might wish to invite your regional trustee or a regional officer<br />

to hold a Service <strong>and</strong> Traditions Workshop in your area.<br />

— January 2002<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—FREE RENT<br />

• The church where our group meets does not charge rent for use<br />

of the meeting room. Some of our members feel it’s okay to<br />

accept the rent-free arrangement as long as we’ve offered to pay,<br />

99


ut others believe it’s a serious violation of Tradition Seven. We<br />

haven’t been able to find any guidelines on this subject.<br />

In many communities, churches <strong>and</strong> other institutions traditionally<br />

offer free use of meeting space to nonprofit organizations. For Twelve-<br />

Step groups such as OA, however, acceptance of any outside offering is<br />

considered a breach of the Seventh Tradition.<br />

With that principle in mind, many OA groups have looked for other<br />

ways to compensate their generous l<strong>and</strong>lords. Some groups provide<br />

“janitor service,” appointing a clean-up committee to leave the meeting<br />

room <strong>and</strong> any adjacent washrooms sparkling clean after the meeting.<br />

That, obviously, is a service that cuts the institution’s maintenance costs.<br />

Another alternative is to contribute regularly to any employee<br />

welfare fund or other program operated for the benefit of the facility.<br />

A number of groups report that a solution was found after<br />

discussing the matter with the person in charge of the institution’s public<br />

relations. A surprising number of nonprogram people are familiar with the<br />

Twelve Traditions, <strong>and</strong> many administrators, especially, have dealt with<br />

similar situations. So don’t hesitate to ask. An explanation of Tradition<br />

Seven has never yet failed to make a good impression.<br />

— October 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

September/October 1987<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—MEETING IN HOME<br />

• If we have a weekly OA meeting in a member’s home, is it a<br />

break of Tradition Seven not to pay the member some money for<br />

the use of her home? What do we do if she refuses to take the<br />

money?<br />

Many meetings may start up in one person’s home; however, when<br />

the group begins to grow, a public meeting place should be sought.<br />

Tradition Seven clearly states we may become too dependent on this<br />

person’s generosity <strong>and</strong> become less than free ourselves. The need to<br />

maintain good relations with the donor could divert attention from our<br />

primary purpose. This could also result in the donor expecting to have a<br />

greater voice in the group’s decisions. The group may vote upon the<br />

matter of money, <strong>and</strong> if the donor does not wish to accept payment, the<br />

group may donate it to the intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> World Service in honor<br />

of her recovery.<br />

— December 2000<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—PHOTOCOPYING<br />

• Some OA members do OA-related photocopying at work. <strong>It</strong><br />

seems to me that this is in violation of Tradition Seven. Is it?<br />

100


Yes, performing OA-related photocopying at work without paying<br />

for it is a violation of the Seventh Tradition because it constitutes an<br />

outside donation.<br />

The guiding principles of the Twelve Traditions came directly out of<br />

the experiences of the early AAs. Regarding money, a number of<br />

approaches were tried. In the early years, several people befriended AA<br />

with gifts of property <strong>and</strong> money. But AA learned that accepting outside<br />

donations had two essential drawbacks: individual AAs were less inclined<br />

to financially support the organization, <strong>and</strong> outside contributions<br />

sometimes resulted in outside interference.<br />

Then it was thought that no money in the AA treasury would<br />

eliminate all problems. But it was soon apparent that no money meant<br />

that AA couldn’t provide the basic services needed by alcoholics looking to<br />

get sober.<br />

These experiences led to the development of Tradition Seven, which<br />

places responsibility for the organization in the h<strong>and</strong>s of each individual<br />

member <strong>and</strong> group.<br />

The total monetary figure amassed by your example may seem<br />

insignificant; but according to the Seventh Tradition, the same principles<br />

apply to it as to the offer of a large donation. Even if an employer<br />

consents, Tradition Seven enjoins us as OA members to make some<br />

financial compensation to that employer.<br />

— April 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, January/February<br />

1989<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT<br />

• The person who started our meeting is a likeable, hardworking<br />

OA who sponsors most of us <strong>and</strong> rarely says no to any service<br />

request or plea for help. This same individual, however, has never<br />

given an accounting of the money received in our weekly Seventh-<br />

Tradition collection. We hesitate to bring the matter up because,<br />

for all we know, the money may be going to all the right places. Is<br />

there a tactful way to h<strong>and</strong>le this?<br />

Experiences such as yours are not uncommon, especially among<br />

newer groups in isolated areas. One suggestion is to present your<br />

treasurer with a copy of the Group [Meeting] Record Book, available from<br />

WSO for $2.50. Another OA publication concerned membership will find<br />

useful is the Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />

Intergroups], which suggests that an accounting of group finances be<br />

made monthly.<br />

In cases where mish<strong>and</strong>ling or theft of funds is suspected, key<br />

members of the group should lose no time in asking for an explanation<br />

<strong>and</strong> relieving the person of any further financial responsibility.<br />

101


Money is a “sticky wicket” for most people, but no group can afford<br />

to ignore it.<br />

— October 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

November/December 1983<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—TREASURER’S REPORT AND RIGHT TO<br />

KNOW<br />

• What do we do when our treasurer never makes a treasurer’s<br />

report? Do group members have a right to know where their<br />

money goes?<br />

H<strong>and</strong>ling the money contributed at OA meetings is a weighty<br />

responsibility, to be sure. And, of course, group members should be<br />

informed as to how the group collections are disbursed.<br />

Fortunately, many potential problems can be avoided by taking care<br />

when electing your group treasurer.<br />

The OA Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />

Intergroups] outlines the treasurer’s major tasks <strong>and</strong> responsibilities.<br />

Because this position carries some financial accountability, the<br />

“H<strong>and</strong>book” also suggests that it may be advisable for the treasurer to<br />

have six months of abstinence, a deep involvement in OA <strong>and</strong> familiarity<br />

with bank statements.<br />

In addition, it notes that “the treasurer usually keeps good, simple<br />

records <strong>and</strong> keeps the group informed about how much is taken in <strong>and</strong><br />

how it is spent.” A Group Meeting Record Book (available from WSO for<br />

$2.50) provides an easy format for keeping financial <strong>and</strong> other group<br />

records.<br />

If you haven’t heard a treasurer’s report in some time, it may have<br />

been an oversight. Perhaps at an upcoming meeting you can ask the<br />

treasurer to prepare a report for the following week, citing the suggestion<br />

in the OA Group H<strong>and</strong>book [OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong><br />

Intergroups].<br />

If the individual resists or if mish<strong>and</strong>ling or theft of funds is<br />

suspected, key group members should ask for an explanation <strong>and</strong>, if<br />

necessary, relieve the person of any further financial responsibility.<br />

— February 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1988<br />

SEVENTH TRADITION—TWO DOLLAR DONATION<br />

• With our $2 suggested donation, are we not really imposing an<br />

unofficial fee on our newcomers?<br />

Editor’s Note: The following exchange between an OA member <strong>and</strong><br />

the Treasurer of OA’s Board of Trustees concerns WSO’s Suggested<br />

102


Meeting Format, which provides a statement regarding the Seventh<br />

Tradition to be read at meetings. “The financial support of OA is our<br />

responsibility as members of the Fellowship,” it says, “starting with the<br />

first meeting at which we acknowledge ourselves to be compulsive<br />

overeaters. A suggested donation of $2 or more by each member will<br />

help ensure that not only are the group expenses of rent <strong>and</strong> literature<br />

met, but that there are funds to support the work carried out by our<br />

intergroup, region <strong>and</strong> World Service Office. While we recognize that<br />

there are those among us who may be experiencing financial struggles,<br />

we also acknowledge that we have the responsibility to do what we can,<br />

when we can, giving back some of the help we have been given in OA.”<br />

QUESTION: I am an old-timer in the program (16 years), <strong>and</strong> I am<br />

concerned with how the new Seventh-Tradition policy in our meeting<br />

format will affect newcomers to OA. They are the lifeblood of our<br />

program, <strong>and</strong> without them we wither <strong>and</strong> die. They come to us feeling<br />

depressed <strong>and</strong> alone, often rejected by friends, family <strong>and</strong> society. They<br />

have been the prey of many kinds of financial scams devised to feed on<br />

their weight <strong>and</strong> eating problems. We welcome them saying, “You are not<br />

alone anymore,” <strong>and</strong> “There are no dues or fees for membership.”<br />

My heart leaps when I see their faint smiles appear when we say,<br />

“Newcomers are asked not to contribute, but to buy literature instead, if<br />

they wish.” For the first time in their overeating careers, they are in a<br />

group of fellow sufferers who know how they feel, <strong>and</strong> who are not out to<br />

take advantage of them. I never feel more proud of being an OA member<br />

than at those moments.<br />

The new Suggested Meeting Format has changed all that for me.<br />

Our trusted servants have discovered that the guilt <strong>and</strong> insecurity<br />

newcomers bring to OA are a previously untapped financial resource.<br />

They forget that the other qualities newcomers bring to the Fellowship<br />

are an exceptional brightness <strong>and</strong> emotional sensitivity. These<br />

newcomers realize, as I do, that this seemingly innocuous addition to our<br />

meeting format concerning the Seventh Tradition contains not-so-subtle<br />

“shoulds” <strong>and</strong> “musts” about money. And we wonder why some<br />

newcomers <strong>and</strong> old-timers don’t return?<br />

There are many OA meetings each day in my area. <strong>It</strong> has been<br />

common for members to gain or reinforce their program by attending 30<br />

meetings in 30 days. Now we have placed an unofficial price tag of $60<br />

on their recovery. Some members have told me that they attend fewer<br />

meetings because they can’t always contribute to the Seventh-Tradition<br />

basket. If they can’t spare a buck or two, often they just don’t show up.<br />

If OA fails, it won’t be for lack of money. We will fail because<br />

members drop out when they don’t feel as welcome as they once did.<br />

Money <strong>and</strong> property <strong>and</strong> prestige must never take precedence over<br />

103


another’s welfare. We must trust in a Higher Power who will always meet<br />

our financial needs.<br />

I cannot speak for others, but the more that is dem<strong>and</strong>ed of me<br />

through guilt <strong>and</strong> coercion, the less I am willing to give. That goes for<br />

money or love or anything else.<br />

RESPONSE: The topic of the Seventh Tradition has always been a<br />

contentious one for old-timers <strong>and</strong> newcomers alike. Many members have<br />

tried more costly methods to control their compulsive eating: weight-loss<br />

clinics, shots, diet pills, health clubs, etc. Because of the Twelve<br />

Traditions, the Fellowship must look to its members for support.<br />

I was on the Board of Trustees when the new Suggested Meeting<br />

Format was approved; however, the changes regarding the $2 suggested<br />

donation came about from the Finance Committee at the World Service<br />

Business Conference in the early 1990s. The Twelfth-Step-Within<br />

Committee made major revisions to the Suggested Meeting Format, <strong>and</strong><br />

suggested the wording regarding the Seventh Tradition. Both of these<br />

committees—independent of one another—realized the importance of the<br />

newcomer. But they also understood that if a meeting does not collect<br />

enough money to pay expenses, the meeting will fold, <strong>and</strong> the OA<br />

message of recovery will not be available to newcomers <strong>and</strong> old-timers<br />

alike. These particular committees, part of the WSBC, are composed of<br />

grass-roots members from all over the world <strong>and</strong> provide the broadest<br />

possible group conscience in OA; they made these suggestions in OA’s<br />

best interest. Like you, the committee members realize the importance of<br />

newcomers <strong>and</strong> of the group’s financial responsibility to all OA members.<br />

I believe OA does not play on the guilt <strong>and</strong> insecurity of<br />

newcomers, but begins to instill in them a sense of responsibility. On<br />

page 165 of The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>, it states, “As soon as possible, OA groups need to pay their<br />

share of the costs for the services they receive from other OA service<br />

bodies. The same principle applies to individuals in OA. Even those of us<br />

experiencing financial struggles find we need to make some contribution<br />

to our OA meetings. For many of us, our willingness to pay our own way<br />

is a sign that we are recovering <strong>and</strong> maturing emotionally.”<br />

The Suggested Meeting Format asks us to contribute only at “the<br />

first meeting at which we acknowledge ourselves to be compulsive<br />

overeaters.” Newcomers may not decide to do this at their first meetings.<br />

The $2 is only a suggestion; the statement acknowledges “that there are<br />

those who may be experiencing financial struggles.”<br />

Despite your fear of losing newcomers, meetings all over the world<br />

have used this format without any of the negative effects you discussed<br />

in your letter. This statement in the Suggested Meeting Format has been<br />

a boon to some struggling meetings. Meetings that were once on the<br />

104


ink of collapse are now experiencing good attendance <strong>and</strong> financial<br />

stability. I have found that once OA members are aware of where their<br />

money is going, they are willing to share their financial resources with the<br />

Fellowship as a whole.<br />

When newcomers attend a meeting, they see no scales, no fee<br />

structure, no dues. But we all have the responsibility to carry the<br />

message, which we can only do through physical <strong>and</strong> monetary footwork.<br />

Some newcomers may not find OA because of lack of funds, due to the<br />

fact that groups are unable to support the service bodies that assure the<br />

OA name remains visible to the public. This idea of being self-supporting<br />

is exceptional; we will never know how many new members actually<br />

begin to feel a part of the organization because they can make the choice<br />

to contribute whatever they can afford.<br />

The Board of Trustees is made up of members of the Fellowship,<br />

like you. I can wholeheartedly assure you that the Board members do not<br />

see newcomers as a “previously untapped financial resource.” We see<br />

newcomers as the lifeblood of the organization, who, as they recover,<br />

become an asset in spreading the message of recovery to those who still<br />

suffer.<br />

Michael K., Treasurer, OA Inc.<br />

— August 1996<br />

SLIP VERSUS RELAPSE<br />

• What is the difference between a slip <strong>and</strong> a relapse?<br />

Since OA’s policy allows each member to define his or her own<br />

abstinence, it would seem consistent to do the same with slip <strong>and</strong><br />

relapse. The following contains an example:<br />

“OA Bylaws, Subpart B, Section 4, [Trustee] Qualifications: c) 2)<br />

Continual recovery including abstinence <strong>and</strong> maintenance of a healthy<br />

body weight throughout the entire term(s) of office. Each person shall be<br />

the judge of his or her own recovery including abstinence <strong>and</strong><br />

maintenance of a healthy body weight.”<br />

Both “slip” <strong>and</strong> “relapse” describe a “deviation” from a recovery<br />

path, to use a board member’s word. Another board member referred to<br />

slips as behaviors that could lead to relapse. A surprising number of OA<br />

members share that they regained all of their lost weight while abstinent.<br />

In an August 2004 <strong>Lifeline</strong> article entitled “Photo Fact” (p. 5), the<br />

writer’s “occasional ‘slips’” kept her 60 pounds (27 kg) overweight for<br />

eight out of her 12 years in OA while she proclaimed abstinence. She had<br />

lost 190 (86 kg) pounds but was unwilling to reduce her food intake to<br />

release the remaining weight that her doctor recommended. Finally, a<br />

photo of herself confirmed she was “still fat,” <strong>and</strong> she wrote the article for<br />

<strong>Lifeline</strong> to describe how the awakening process shocked her.<br />

105


What does this have to do with the question about the OA definition<br />

of “slip” <strong>and</strong> “relapse”? Perhaps a slip is a smaller deviation from recovery<br />

than a relapse, judged by the individual OA member.<br />

— October 2005<br />

SPEAKERS LIST<br />

• Our intergroup is planning a retreat <strong>and</strong> would like to know if<br />

WSO keeps a list of approved leaders <strong>and</strong> speakers for OA events.<br />

If not, how do we go about choosing one?<br />

The World Service Office does not maintain a list of “approved”<br />

speakers. One suggestion is to ask your intergroup or regional office for<br />

references. Another plan might be to ask members attending retreats <strong>and</strong><br />

workshops elsewhere to get the names <strong>and</strong> contact numbers of speakers<br />

they found valuable.<br />

In our OA literature, however, we do have a set of guidelines<br />

available to service bodies who are planning OA events. Guidelines for OA<br />

Events details a few things to keep in mind when choosing speakers <strong>and</strong><br />

organizing your event:<br />

• Paying a speaker a fee beyond reimbursement for travel, food <strong>and</strong><br />

lodging is a violation of our Traditions.<br />

• Avoid putting speakers on a pedestal, keeping in mind our<br />

Tradition of placing “principles before personalities.” The 1990 World<br />

Service Business Conference passed a motion suggesting that groups<br />

refrain from publishing the names of speakers on flyers or other<br />

advertisements.<br />

• If you ask OA members who work professionally in the field of<br />

eating disorder treatment or who are members of other Twelve-Step<br />

programs, advise them to speak only from their OA recovery experience.<br />

This avoids confusion about what the OA program is <strong>and</strong> also avoids an<br />

implied endorsement of outside enterprises.<br />

• Let prospective speakers know they cannot sell their own<br />

literature, tapes or other products at an OA event.<br />

• Take topics from OA <strong>and</strong> AA literature.<br />

• The group sponsoring the event determines the eligibility<br />

requirements for speakers. <strong>It</strong> is a good idea to discuss abstinence<br />

requirements with potential speakers before the person is invited to<br />

participate in the event.<br />

• Speakers should share from their personal experience as<br />

recovering compulsive overeaters in OA.<br />

• Do not hesitate to ask invited speakers <strong>and</strong> leaders what they<br />

plan to do at the event, <strong>and</strong> give them specific guidance on what types of<br />

activities you want <strong>and</strong> do not want.<br />

106


<strong>It</strong> is important for your planning committee to establish a clear<br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the conduct expected of invited leaders. This will help to<br />

ensure that speakers at your events possess the experience <strong>and</strong> maturity<br />

that would best benefit the Fellowship as a whole.<br />

— November 1997<br />

SPIRITUALITY<br />

• What is the spiritual aspect of anonymity?<br />

“To be anonymous in OA means to be one among many, to accept<br />

ourselves as no better or worse than our fellows. This acceptance places<br />

us in a state of humility. <strong>It</strong> makes us teachable” (Anonymity, p. 8).<br />

The spiritual basis of anonymity is humility. I take no pride in my<br />

recovery because God has given it to me through the program.<br />

Gratitude, not pride, will keep me well. Therefore, when speaking of<br />

my recovery experience to individuals or large groups, I describe my<br />

experience but claim no achievements. This puts the focus on the<br />

program rather than on me. <strong>It</strong> just happens that at that moment I am the<br />

person whose victory over difficulties can demonstrate the power, the<br />

love <strong>and</strong> the way of life of God.<br />

If speaking of my recovery in the public media, again I am only a<br />

vessel through which the power of the program can be demonstrated.<br />

The focus must be away from me <strong>and</strong> onto OA. I should not be<br />

recognizable. My practice of anonymity <strong>and</strong> humility may make OA<br />

famous—not me.<br />

Anonymity has another spiritual aspect. Anything I say in an OA<br />

meeting, to my sponsor or to any OA member is heard compassionately<br />

<strong>and</strong> is not repeated. I may do something generous or something cruel.<br />

Whatever I do, those who receive my actions will not tell others what I<br />

did. This care of my anonymity leaves me free to face <strong>and</strong> assess my<br />

words <strong>and</strong> actions without the distorting fear of what others may think of<br />

me.<br />

The converse of that is my responsibility: to similarly guard your<br />

anonymity.<br />

“Anonymity—the feeling that ‘I am nothing special’—is of<br />

tremendous value in maintaining abstinence. <strong>It</strong> fosters humility <strong>and</strong> thus<br />

guards against reemergence of that blind self-will that leads to the<br />

compulsion to overeat. This kind of anonymity is truly our most precious<br />

possession” (Anonymity, p. 9).<br />

— March 2004<br />

SPLINTER GROUPS<br />

107


• Is it a break of Traditions to mention splinter groups in personal<br />

sharing? Are splinter groups part of OA? Can you explain why<br />

splinter groups are not considered OA groups <strong>and</strong> should not be<br />

announced at meetings?<br />

Tradition Ten teaches us to focus on OA recovery only. Groups that<br />

have requirements for sharing, specific definitions of abstinence or a<br />

requirement of abstinence for membership are not practicing OA’s policies<br />

<strong>and</strong> bylaws; therefore, they are not OA groups. Announcing these groups<br />

at OA meetings would be bringing an outside issue into the meeting. To<br />

help keep the message clear for the newcomer, we must adhere to the<br />

philosophy that “only OA is spoken here.”<br />

— May 2000<br />

SPONSORS—A DEFINITION OF<br />

• We have looked in the literature for a definition of a sponsor but<br />

haven’t been able to locate one. Are there different types of<br />

sponsors? Must they meet certain qualifications?<br />

In regard to sponsorship (as with most things in OA), there are no<br />

hard <strong>and</strong> fast rules or definitions. <strong>It</strong> is generally understood that a<br />

sponsor is an individual who helps guide a less-experienced member<br />

through the Twelve-Step program. In the pamphlet, A Commitment to<br />

Abstinence, it says, “A sponsor’s primary function is to share her or his<br />

experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope with you, answer your questions, listen as<br />

you discuss your feelings <strong>and</strong> guide you in underst<strong>and</strong>ing the Steps.”<br />

Some members may want extra support with the physical aspect of<br />

recovery. They often find it helpful to commit their daily food plan to their<br />

sponsor or another OA member. But as the pamphlet explains, “Calling in<br />

your food plan is by no means a ‘must.’” Some OAers discuss their<br />

program of recovery, including food, with their sponsor.<br />

There are no specific qualifications for sponsorship in OA. Naturally,<br />

it is more beneficial to work with a sponsor who is committed to<br />

abstinence <strong>and</strong> to working the Steps. When looking for a sponsor, the<br />

pamphlet Tools of Recovery suggest members keep in mind that<br />

“sponsors share their program up to the level of their own experience . . .<br />

find a sponsor who has what you want <strong>and</strong> ask how it was achieved.<br />

— August 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June 1988<br />

SPONSORS—ANONYMITY OF<br />

• Why is it inappropriate to say who your sponsor is?<br />

Tradition Twelve tells us: “Anonymity is the spiritual foundation of<br />

all these Traditions, ever reminding us to place principles before<br />

personalities.” In keeping with this Tradition, one is led to share his or her<br />

108


sponsor’s message. In the scheme of things, the messenger is less<br />

important than the message. The OA program encourages us to elevate<br />

the recovery message, not the carrier of the message by identifying the<br />

carrier. Because of personal challenges or other program considerations,<br />

a sponsor may end up being a temporary link in carrying the message.<br />

The permanent link is the message.<br />

The sponsor is humble in asking that his or her name not be<br />

shared. The sponsoree then focuses on the message, not the messenger,<br />

increasing his or her chances of being okay while experiencing the<br />

recovery journey.<br />

— August 2006<br />

SPONSORS—FOR YOUNG PEOPLE<br />

• There is a new teen OA member who has been attending my<br />

home group. I’ve thought of offering to be her sponsor, but I’m<br />

hesitant. Are there any suggestions for sponsoring young OA<br />

members?<br />

As our pamphlet A Guide For Sponsors says about sponsoring in<br />

general, “Attitude is important.” Attitude is probably even more important<br />

in a relationship between an adult sponsor <strong>and</strong> a teen sponsoree. Every<br />

newcomer to OA is looking for someone who underst<strong>and</strong>s his or her<br />

feelings <strong>and</strong> experiences regarding food, weight <strong>and</strong> the despair of being<br />

unable to stop eating compulsively. Teens need such compassionate<br />

friends, too. But they also need sponsors who can relate to the particular<br />

issues of being an adolescent with this disease.<br />

According to a Gallup survey, 63 percent of OA members were<br />

under the age of 18 when they began to have problems with food in their<br />

lives. If you are among those members whose disease began in their<br />

childhood or adolescence, sharing your experience as a young overeater<br />

could be a way for you to initiate contact with a young person in your<br />

group.<br />

There is no specific suggested method for sponsoring young people,<br />

but members have found a few ideas that are helpful in relating to teen<br />

members.<br />

• Don’t talk down to a young person. A teen needs a respectful,<br />

trustworthy sponsor, not another parent.<br />

• Encourage young people to get involved with OA service—<br />

carrying out meeting responsibilities, reaching out to other teens, making<br />

phone calls <strong>and</strong> sponsoring other young people.<br />

• Be reliable. Be available when you say you will be available.<br />

• Listen. A nonjudgmental ear could be just what a young person<br />

needs to feel safe enough to begin working the Steps.<br />

109


• Try not to have unrealistic expectations of your sponsoree. Young<br />

compulsive overeaters come <strong>and</strong> go, but they will not forget OA.<br />

• As with any sponsoring relationship, focusing your discussions on<br />

the OA program—the Steps, the tools <strong>and</strong> spirituality—will most benefit<br />

you <strong>and</strong> your sponsoree.<br />

If your group would like to attract more young people, you could<br />

arrange talks for local high school students; list meetings in college<br />

newspapers; leave meeting lists <strong>and</strong> literature, with permission, at<br />

doctors’ <strong>and</strong> pediatricians’ offices; establish a “young people’s corner” in<br />

your intergroup newsletter; hold in-service meetings with school nurses<br />

<strong>and</strong> counselors; <strong>and</strong> host special retreats for young people.<br />

If you are successful in drawing young members to your meeting,<br />

you might want to suggest that your group set up a transportation<br />

coordinator, so that young people can get to your meeting consistently.<br />

You could also set up a teen meeting in the same building <strong>and</strong> at the<br />

same time as your regular meeting. Young people might be inclined to<br />

share more openly <strong>and</strong> honestly with each other than with other adults.<br />

Readers who have experience with sponsorship <strong>and</strong> young people<br />

may send articles to <strong>Lifeline</strong> for possible publication. For more information<br />

on sponsorship <strong>and</strong> working with young OA members, see A Guide for<br />

Sponsors, Young People’s Meeting Kit, Public Information Service Manual,<br />

To the Teen <strong>and</strong> A Guide to the Twelve Steps for You <strong>and</strong> Your Sponsor.<br />

— March 1997<br />

SPONSORS—NEED FOR<br />

• We have a shortage of people willing to sponsor in our area. Is<br />

this a widespread problem? How can we find more sponsors?<br />

Lack of sponsors is a problem in some areas. These suggestions<br />

may help you find more sponsors:<br />

1. Look outside your immediate area. Attend meetings of groups<br />

<strong>and</strong> intergroups, <strong>and</strong> go to marathons, retreats <strong>and</strong> conventions.<br />

<strong>Lifeline</strong>’s Datebook, your region newsletter or a region or intergroup Web<br />

site lists these events.<br />

2. [Program referenced no longer exists.]<br />

3. Contact your local intergroup about hosting a sponsorship<br />

marathon or workshop. Invite a panel of speakers to share their<br />

experience <strong>and</strong> answer questions from a “sponsorship ask-it basket,”<br />

where members ask questions anonymously. Read aloud from OA<br />

literature. You’ll find helpful information in these OA pamphlets: A Guide<br />

for Sponsors, The Tools of Recovery <strong>and</strong> A Guide to the Twelve Steps for<br />

You <strong>and</strong> Your Sponsor.<br />

4. Emphasize at meetings the importance of sponsorship. Recovery<br />

is essential to the strength of any meeting, <strong>and</strong> sponsorship is important<br />

110


for recovery. Sponsors share their experience <strong>and</strong> listen to sponsorees’<br />

experience. This supports mutual recovery on all three levels.<br />

5. Sponsor each other. Most beneficial is working with a sponsor<br />

committed to abstinence <strong>and</strong> experienced in working the Steps. While<br />

looking for a sponsor, you might partner with another member <strong>and</strong> begin<br />

working the Steps together in The Twelve-Step Workbook of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>. Before long, you <strong>and</strong> your partner will be able to share your<br />

experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope with others, answer their questions <strong>and</strong><br />

guide them in underst<strong>and</strong>ing the Steps. You’ll both be sponsors!<br />

— March 2002<br />

SPONSORS—NOT ABSTINENT<br />

• How does OA regard sponsors who are not abstinent? As an OA<br />

newcomer, I see many sponsors who have been members for<br />

years <strong>and</strong> are not abstinent. They may have on-<strong>and</strong>-off<br />

abstinence, but they have not reached or maintained an abstinent<br />

weight. For me that’s like an AA member with a sponsor who is<br />

drinking, a license to continue abusing while still feeling<br />

righteous.<br />

Judging someone by body size is not advisable. Some members of<br />

the Fellowship have severely damaged their bodies <strong>and</strong> may never look<br />

svelte. The Big Book speaks of a sponsor being a guide. <strong>It</strong> is difficult to<br />

imagine being helped down a path by someone blinded by the food. They<br />

lack clarity of direction.<br />

A person does not have to be at maintenance to sponsor another<br />

person. For most of us, being abstinent is an important criteria of being a<br />

sponsor, but it is not necessary to be at goal weight. If someone is<br />

sponsoring <strong>and</strong> working the Steps with a sponsoree, that sponsor can<br />

only give as far as the sponsor has proceeded. Certainly, one can help<br />

another with the first three Steps while not having done all Twelve Steps.<br />

One can also help as a sponsor without having reached an abstinent<br />

weight. Being abstinent <strong>and</strong> having reached maintenance are different<br />

things.<br />

OA has no official policy regarding abstinence requirements for<br />

sponsors. You may order an excellent pamphlet on sponsorship, A Guide<br />

for Sponsors, from the World Service Office. The Big Book is also a<br />

wonderful source. If you see someone suffering, speak to him or her <strong>and</strong><br />

do Twelve-Step work within OA. Speak to the person about his or her<br />

recovery. For someone not abstinent <strong>and</strong> struggling with the food, being<br />

a sponsor is not the best service position to take on; being a sponsoree<br />

is.<br />

— July 2004<br />

111


SPONSORS—PREPARING TO BE ONE<br />

• My home group is in desperate need of sponsors. Not one of us<br />

feels ready to sponsor, even those of us who have been members<br />

for two or three years. Is there anything we can do to prepare<br />

ourselves to sponsor others <strong>and</strong> to encourage those with OA<br />

experience to share it?<br />

<strong>It</strong> is important to realize that there is in no one, perfect way to<br />

sponsor. A sponsor is simply one OA member working with another to<br />

better underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> live the Twelve-Step program. There are as many<br />

different methods of sponsoring as there are OA members. The key to<br />

being a sponsor is to share one’s experience, strength <strong>and</strong> hope as it<br />

relates to OA’s Twelve-Step program.<br />

If there are individuals in your group who have maintained any<br />

length of abstinence <strong>and</strong> are working the Twelve Steps, they have<br />

something to share. There is no graduation date when members<br />

magically become ready to sponsor. As we learn in OA, all progress is<br />

worth sharing.<br />

Occasionally intergroups hold workshops or marathons on the topic<br />

of sponsorship where selected speakers share their experience. You may<br />

want to contact your local intergroup or other area intergroups <strong>and</strong><br />

propose such an event. Additionally, you’ll find much helpful information<br />

in two OA pamphlets, A Guide to the Twelve Steps for You <strong>and</strong> Your<br />

Sponsor <strong>and</strong> The Tools of Recovery.<br />

— August 1991, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1991<br />

SPONSORS—PROPER ROLE<br />

• In my area there are whole OA communities where sponsors<br />

behave as if they have the right to run their sponsorees’ lives. I<br />

see this as a dangerous tendency, undermining the newcomer’s<br />

independence. What is the proper role of a sponsor?<br />

The concept <strong>and</strong> practice of sponsorship is as old as the OA<br />

Fellowship itself—as inherited from our predecessor, Alcoholics<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>—<strong>and</strong> has grown <strong>and</strong> changed over the years.<br />

As with the tool of abstinence, there is no official OA policy on<br />

methods of sponsorship, although certain guidelines are suggested in our<br />

pamphlets. A Guide for Sponsors states that, “Styles of sponsorship vary<br />

from person to person. We are each free to approach it in our own way.”<br />

This pamphlet discusses the tendencies of some newcomers to place a<br />

sponsor on a pedestal, looking to this one person as the sole source of<br />

advice <strong>and</strong> guidance. In such instances, the recommendation for sponsors<br />

is simple: “Examine your own expectations . . . Just as a sponsor is not<br />

112


esponsible for the sponsoree’s disease, neither are we responsible for<br />

her or his recovery.”<br />

Early OA literature that mentions sponsorship reveals an attitude of<br />

some condescension toward the newcomer, which may be reflected today<br />

among some members in our Fellowship. A 1973 guideline for sponsors<br />

found in the OA archives (origin unknown) refers to sponsorees as<br />

“babies.” Surely their intentions were appropriate, though: “Our attitude<br />

as sponsors should be firm, loving, guiding. We are not psychologists, we<br />

are not God, we are only channels of recovery.”<br />

If you are experiencing problems with sponsorship in your area,<br />

your group or intergroup could hold special meetings <strong>and</strong> workshops to<br />

discuss this topic. Reading from OA literature <strong>and</strong> passing a “sponsorship<br />

ask-it basket” (where members can ask questions anonymously) will keep<br />

discussion focused. If you feel that the problem is too deeply entrenched<br />

to be solved within your own intergroup, ask for help from the region.<br />

Perhaps members who are not involved in personal conflicts could more<br />

easily bring their positive experience as sponsors to your group.<br />

Sponsorship is a vital aspect of our Fellowship in OA. How each<br />

member conducts the sponsor relationship, as with any other<br />

relationship, is ultimately up to the individual <strong>and</strong> her or his Higher<br />

Power.<br />

— June 1995<br />

SPONSORS—SPONSORING OPPOSITE SEX AND THIRTEENTH<br />

STEPPING<br />

• For some time now we’ve been hearing about the problems that<br />

arise when OAers cross sex boundaries in sponsoring. Now it has<br />

happened in our group, with devastating consequences for one of<br />

our members. Please explain the unwritten tradition, observed in<br />

Alcoholics <strong>Anonymous</strong> <strong>and</strong> all the anonymous fellowships, that<br />

men sponsor men <strong>and</strong> women sponsor women.<br />

First, it is important to underst<strong>and</strong> that great care must be taken in<br />

choosing a sponsor, even when we observe the rule of considering only<br />

persons of our own sex. Practice of the Twelve-Step program calls for<br />

openness <strong>and</strong> honesty in digging out our defects <strong>and</strong> wrongdoings <strong>and</strong><br />

holding them up to the light. We need the help of someone, generally a<br />

sponsor, whom we can trust with our most intimate confidences.<br />

When we choose a sponsor of the opposite sex, we burden both<br />

ourselves <strong>and</strong> our sponsor with an extraneous <strong>and</strong> potentially explosive<br />

element: the possibility of sexual attraction. When that attraction is acted<br />

upon, it is called “thirteenth stepping,” a practice that can, <strong>and</strong> often<br />

does, undermine much of our progress in the program.<br />

113


Male or female, we need to take responsibility for our own actions<br />

within the Fellowship as well as in other areas of our lives. A good place<br />

to begin is in seeking a sponsor who is a member of our own sex.<br />

— August 1989, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

January/February 1984<br />

SPONSORS—SPONSORS ONLINE<br />

• Is it possible to get a sponsor just by attending online<br />

meetings?<br />

Having an online sponsor is very common among us online people.<br />

My sponsor is an online one in a different continent, <strong>and</strong> I have two<br />

sponsorees who are solely online <strong>and</strong> another two whom I met face-toface,<br />

but we communicate a lot by email.<br />

There are several online groups, <strong>and</strong> many maintain lists of people<br />

willing to be online sponsors. They also maintain phone lists of people<br />

willing to take calls from other compulsive overeaters. Just as in face-toface<br />

meetings, I encourage online members to ask prospective sponsors<br />

if they have the recovery the members want, rather than just select a<br />

name from a list. When members go to online meetings regularly, they<br />

hear different people share <strong>and</strong> get to know them. Members who are<br />

familiar with the online world would probably feel at home with the many<br />

email loops, be able to get to know people online <strong>and</strong> then find the sort of<br />

people who would be good sponsors.<br />

Some online groups maintain a Web site with lists of online<br />

meetings, <strong>and</strong> the OA Web site offers a list of online meetings. Go to<br />

www.oa.org/online_meetings.html.<br />

— June 2006<br />

SPONSORS—TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS ABSTINENCE REQUIREMENT<br />

FOR SPONSORSHIP AND SERVICE<br />

• Some OAers place special significance on 21 days of abstinence,<br />

even making it a requirement for service— especially sponsorship.<br />

Did this originate out of WSO? Is it a requirement for<br />

sponsorship?<br />

Rozanne S., OA’s founder, describes the origin of this attitude in a<br />

January 1978 <strong>Lifeline</strong> article.<br />

“How did the concept of ‘21 days’ come to such estate, one of my<br />

listeners wanted to know. A logical question deserves a like answer: a<br />

certain book, it was discovered by one of our tireless early servants,<br />

suggested that it took 21 days to break a habit. So, we were off <strong>and</strong><br />

114


unning with another ritual. Some groups declared that you had to ‘make’<br />

21 days even to be a member!”<br />

There is plenty of service to be done by all OAers, even newcomers.<br />

There are no specific rules for sponsorship, though it is suggested that we<br />

sponsor only up to the level of our own experience. One thing we might<br />

remember is that alcoholics are encouraged to help those who still suffer,<br />

starting with their first day of sobriety.<br />

Newcomers are usually advised to seek as a sponsor someone who<br />

has what they want. For most people, this is abstinence, but we would do<br />

well to look also for the qualities that indicate spiritual awakening: a<br />

sense of harmony with oneself <strong>and</strong> the world, humility <strong>and</strong> a loving<br />

attitude.<br />

— June 1993 <strong>and</strong> September 1989<br />

STEPS—CHANGE WORD “GOD” IN STEPS AND TRADITIONS<br />

• Is it a Tradition break to change the wording for God in the<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Traditions so it is not gender-specific, as in “God as we<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> God”?<br />

Nothing in the Twelve Traditions addresses changing the wording of<br />

the Twelve Steps. However, the Bylaws of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> Inc.<br />

(available on www.oa.org/intergroup_region_support.html) do address<br />

this issue. Page 21, Article XIV, Section 1 says: “e) Amendments to<br />

Article I (Twelve Steps) <strong>and</strong> Article II (Twelve Traditions) of Subpart B of<br />

these bylaws may only be adopted if, in addition to d) above, they are<br />

ratified by three-fourths of the registered <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> groups<br />

responding within six months of notification, provided at least fifty-five<br />

percent of the registered groups have responded.”<br />

Intergroups must also have bylaws that conform to OA Inc. bylaws.<br />

Therefore, a single intergroup or meeting cannot modify these items.<br />

Conforming intergroup bylaws state that the Steps, Traditions <strong>and</strong><br />

Concepts are not amendable by the intergroup. Changing the Steps orally<br />

or in writing violates the bylaws under which OA operates.<br />

Changing the Steps causes much concern, bordering on fear. While<br />

we are a separate Fellowship, it sometimes helps to read what the early<br />

members of AA wrote about such things. On page 81 in Alcoholics<br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong> Comes of Age, they tell the story about Buddhists in Thail<strong>and</strong><br />

who felt the Twelve Steps would be more acceptable to their alcoholics if<br />

“God” was replaced by “good” since they did not underst<strong>and</strong> God as the<br />

western members did. Then it says, “To some of us, the idea of<br />

substituting ‘good’ for ‘God’ in the Twelve Steps may seem like a watering<br />

down of A.A.’s message. But here we must remember that A.A.’s Steps<br />

are suggestions only. A belief in them as they st<strong>and</strong> is not at all a<br />

requirement for membership among us. This liberty has made A.A.<br />

115


available to thous<strong>and</strong>s who never would have tried at all had we insisted<br />

on the Twelve Steps just as written. But changes in them seldom last; the<br />

original version usually wins out.”<br />

We have an example of the original version winning out in OA’s<br />

history book, Beyond Our Wildest Dreams, written by OA’s cofounder. You<br />

will discover our cofounder initially modified the Steps by removing all<br />

mention of God. This did not last, of course. Some members would<br />

modify the Steps, such as by replacing “Him” with “God” when reading<br />

them in meetings. As they progressed in recovery, they realized it was<br />

not a big deal <strong>and</strong> today read them as they are written.<br />

— August 2005<br />

STEPS—CHANGE WORD “HE” TO “HE OR SHE”<br />

• Our group would like to know if we have the authority to change<br />

the “he” to “he or she” in OA’s Twelve Steps, Twelve Traditions<br />

<strong>and</strong> other OA literature?<br />

Our Twelve Steps specifically state: “God as you underst<strong>and</strong> Him.”<br />

One of the greatest freedoms in OA is that we each get to choose our own<br />

conception of a Higher Power. That being the case, you can make your<br />

Higher Power whatever gender you please, or genderless for that matter.<br />

However, our Twelve Steps are adapted from AA’s Twelve Steps<br />

<strong>and</strong> are copyrighted as such. Although you are free to change the<br />

wording in your personal recovery, the Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions cannot be altered by any group, meeting or service body.<br />

If you read some of our literature (The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>), you will find that throughout the<br />

book references are made to “God as you underst<strong>and</strong> God” or “Power<br />

greater than ourselves.”<br />

Most people have found it fairly simple to use their personal<br />

conception <strong>and</strong> wording when referring to “God,” <strong>and</strong> that seems to work.<br />

— May 1999<br />

STEPS—STEP PRINCIPLES<br />

• What are the Step Principles, <strong>and</strong> where can I read about them?<br />

Many people ask this same question regarding the Twelfth Step<br />

where it says, “<strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all our affairs.” The<br />

principles referred to in this Step are implied throughout the Step<br />

chapters in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong> <strong>and</strong> are explained on pages 103 through 106. The principles<br />

are the practical, functional way in which the Steps can be practiced in<br />

our daily lives. The corresponding principles for each Step are honesty for<br />

Step One, hope for Step Two, faith for Step Three, courage for Step Four,<br />

116


integrity for Step Five, willingness for Step Six, humility for Step Seven,<br />

self-discipline for Step Eight, love for Step Nine, perseverance for Step<br />

Ten, spiritual awareness for Step Eleven <strong>and</strong> service for Step Twelve.<br />

Discussion of these principles is an excellent workshop, meeting or<br />

retreat activity.<br />

— July 2001<br />

• What are the Step Principles, <strong>and</strong> where can I read more about<br />

them?<br />

Step Twelve refers to the principles of the program: “Having had a<br />

spiritual awakening as the result of these Steps, we tried to carry this<br />

message to compulsive overeaters <strong>and</strong> to practice these principles in all<br />

our affairs.” Our book, The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>, asks a similar question on page 103 <strong>and</strong> answers<br />

it by aligning a principle with each Step.<br />

Step One teaches us the principle of honesty. In Step Two we learn<br />

hope, <strong>and</strong> in Step Three we learn faith. Steps Four <strong>and</strong> Five teach us<br />

courage <strong>and</strong> integrity, Step Six teaches us willingness, Step Seven<br />

teaches humility, <strong>and</strong> Steps Eight <strong>and</strong> Nine teach self-discipline <strong>and</strong> love.<br />

In working Step Ten, we learn perseverance <strong>and</strong> in Step Eleven, spiritual<br />

awareness. Service is the underlying principle of Step Twelve.<br />

The book goes on to say that those who work the Steps “have<br />

embarked on a lifelong journey of spiritual growth” <strong>and</strong> use “the great<br />

spiritual principles embodied in the twelve steps as the map to guide our<br />

way” (p. 106).<br />

— March/April 2006<br />

STEPS—STEP-STUDY GROUP<br />

• The idea of a Step-study group has always attracted me. What<br />

does a Step-study group do? How would a meeting go?<br />

Groups can use several methods to conduct a Step-study meeting.<br />

The Suggested Meeting Format, available from the World Service Office,<br />

includes a Step-study segment. Here a group would use the regular<br />

meeting format <strong>and</strong> select a Step as the reading <strong>and</strong> the sole focus of<br />

discussion. Other groups read the particular Step from the “OA Twelve<br />

<strong>and</strong> Twelve,” the “AA Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” or both. They use the questions<br />

from the “Twelve-Step Workbook” as the basis of the discussion. They do<br />

this every week, or they do it by studying the Step of the month at the<br />

particular month’s meeting set aside for that purpose. Some groups use<br />

the workbook combined with the writing tool, reading the Step from the<br />

“OA Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve.” They then allow 20 minutes for writing answers<br />

to the questions <strong>and</strong> then more time for those who want to share their<br />

responses with the group.<br />

117


You can use any of these methods; your meeting’s group<br />

conscience would determine your choice. Many of the people who have<br />

attended Step-study meetings have found that such meetings enhanced<br />

their program with interesting <strong>and</strong> informative content. <strong>It</strong> works well for<br />

newcomers, as well as for OA veterans.<br />

— December 1999<br />

TELEPHONE ANSWERING SERVICE<br />

• Our intergroup is in the process of selecting a telephone<br />

answering system. Any suggestions?<br />

Most OA members will agree that the first call we made to an OA<br />

office listed in our local telephone directory was a crucial step in our<br />

recovery. Additionally, members returning to OA after a lapse in<br />

participation <strong>and</strong> regular members traveling to new areas often rely on<br />

the intergroup’s phone service to obtain up-to-date meeting information.<br />

Some intergroups staff their phones with OA members who provide<br />

program <strong>and</strong> meeting information. Others use a recorded message that<br />

announces intergroup office hours, meeting locations <strong>and</strong> contact people.<br />

This system can be designed to allow the callers to leave names <strong>and</strong><br />

numbers for a callback, if desired. And many intergroups rely on<br />

professional answering services to answer calls <strong>and</strong> provide meeting<br />

information in the absence of volunteers. <strong>It</strong> is helpful to provide<br />

employees of these services with a contact name <strong>and</strong> number for people<br />

who need additional program or business information.<br />

There is probably not one among us who would knowingly keep<br />

information from reaching those who want it. To ensure that the OA<br />

message gets to where it needs to go, many intergroups spot-check their<br />

phone service or recorded message on a regular basis. Making periodic<br />

calls to check both the accuracy <strong>and</strong> audio quality of recorded<br />

announcements or the professionalism of an answering service is not only<br />

good business—it’s service.<br />

— August 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June 1987<br />

THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—HOW TO CAUTION THEM<br />

• A serious problem involving “thirteenth-steppers” recently came<br />

to light in our area. These people, many of them married, are<br />

highly visible members with impressive weight loss <strong>and</strong><br />

supposedly “strong” program. How can we caution people about<br />

the dangers to themselves <strong>and</strong> others of misdirected sexuality?<br />

A thought often expressed in conversations between OA members<br />

runs something like this: Wouldn’t it be great if Oaers—unlike the rest of<br />

118


the human race—had all their destructive impulses under control at all<br />

times?<br />

As they recover, many OAers become aware of problems that arise<br />

as a result of the recovery process itself. One of these problems is<br />

emerging sexuality. For people who are regaining their physical<br />

attractiveness <strong>and</strong> their self-esteem, these feelings can be powerful <strong>and</strong><br />

frightening. Many OAers, including some of the most successful, are<br />

totally unprepared to deal with them.<br />

This is a subject sponsors might well consider bringing to the<br />

attention of their sponsorees. Beyond being forewarned, however, only a<br />

strong commitment to the principles of our program can give us the<br />

strength to live in a way that will not seriously harm ourselves, other<br />

people or our Fellowship.<br />

The temptation to jump into damaging relationships may be beyond<br />

our power to resist, but like the disease that brought us here, it is no<br />

match for the Power that can—<strong>and</strong> will—remove those shortcomings we<br />

humbly ask to be removed.<br />

— April 1990, reprinted from the WSO Notebook, May/June 1986<br />

THIRTEENTH STEPPERS—SPONSOR, SPONSOREE<br />

• What is OA’s opinion about sexual relationships between<br />

sponsors <strong>and</strong> sponsorees, commonly referred to as thirteenth<br />

stepping? Some men have used the tool of sponsorship to gain<br />

access to women. They usually prefer newcomers, but have also<br />

approached veteran members. Unfortunately, some of these<br />

devastated women have left OA. What can a group or intergroup<br />

do in this situation?<br />

Sponsoring members for purposes other than carrying the message<br />

of recovery from compulsive overeating through the Twelve Steps of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> is ill-advised. <strong>It</strong> can jeopardize members’<br />

abstinence, emotional stability, mental peace <strong>and</strong> spiritual balance. The<br />

problem is not confined to male members <strong>and</strong> female newcomers, nor to<br />

sponsors <strong>and</strong> sponsorees—it can happen in a variety of ways.<br />

The pamphlet A Guide for Sponsors suggests: “We do not<br />

recommend a sponsor-sponsoree relationship between people who are—<br />

or could be—sexually attracted to each other” (p. 10).<br />

The OA H<strong>and</strong>book for Members, Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups: Recovery<br />

Opportunities addresses this issue: “You will not find the answers here.<br />

No one can set down the law for OA, but most groups have faced <strong>and</strong><br />

solved problems like these by applying the Twelve Traditions through the<br />

group conscience” (p. 21). If necessary, the issue could be discussed at a<br />

group conscience meeting of the group, making sure not to single out a<br />

specific member.<br />

119


What can an intergroup do? Many issues can be resolved on a oneto-one<br />

basis. Perhaps a longtime member could take the time to explain<br />

to both members the difficulties that may arise for all those involved in<br />

such a situation. Many problems arise out of lack of underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the<br />

consequences, <strong>and</strong> a quiet word at the outset can often resolve an issue<br />

simply <strong>and</strong> effectively. If further action is needed, plan a sponsorship<br />

workshop that clearly addresses the issue of thirteenth stepping. Such<br />

issues can be addressed if we do a searching <strong>and</strong> fearless inventory (Step<br />

Four). Are we aware that if we engage in relationships with newcomers,<br />

harm may be done to others (Steps Eight <strong>and</strong> Nine)? Step Twelve carries<br />

the message of spiritual recovery. Are we giving away our recovery, or<br />

are we taking gratification from others? To minimize the possibility of it<br />

becoming an issue of personalities, the intergroup might consider asking<br />

the region trustee or a longtime member from outside the area to<br />

conduct the workshop.<br />

Intergroups can recommend to groups having problems that they<br />

change their meeting formats to state that the groups do not recommend<br />

sponsor-sponsoree relationships between people who could be sexually<br />

attracted to each other. Newcomers would then have information to guide<br />

them. The language should be general to cover alternative lifestyles as<br />

well.<br />

The Twelve Traditions <strong>and</strong> common sense are the guiding forces in<br />

these situations. Those members slow in getting the message should be<br />

approached in the spirit of OA: They are most welcome in OA, but<br />

thirteenth-step behavior is not.<br />

— May 2005<br />

TOOLS—CREATION OF<br />

• The OA tools help me work the Steps, achieve recovery <strong>and</strong><br />

create a better me! Where did the “tools” of our beloved OA<br />

program come from? I cannot seem to find information anywhere.<br />

The tools were developed within OA! The “creation” of the tools was<br />

actually an evolutionary process. There are no easy answers. However,<br />

here’s what has been surmised with the help of the OA archives; the<br />

publications manager, S<strong>and</strong>ra Herzog; <strong>and</strong> OA co-founder, Rozanne S.:<br />

Around 1963, a piece of OA literature was available entitled<br />

“<strong>Questions</strong> & <strong>Answers</strong> about the OA Program.” <strong>It</strong> first mentions several of<br />

the tools, but doesn’t recognize them as tools. In 1966, with the first To<br />

the Newcomer pamphlet, again several tools were mentioned.<br />

As time went on, a pattern was being developed <strong>and</strong> noticed within<br />

the Fellowship. Thus, in 1973, the first The Tools of Recovery pamphlet<br />

featured six of the now eight tools: Abstinence, Sponsorship, Meetings,<br />

Literature, Telephone <strong>and</strong> Anonymity. In 1976, there was a second<br />

120


printing of the pamphlet, when Service was added as the seventh tool. In<br />

the 1981 version of the pamphlet, Writing appears for the first time as<br />

the eighth tool.<br />

This evolutionary process seems to keep going based on current or<br />

future needs of the Fellowship. Changes, additions or deletions can occur<br />

during the World Service Business Conference where delegates<br />

representing the grassroots of OA the world over vote on a variety of<br />

motions, one which could include the tools.<br />

We hope this helps, <strong>and</strong> thanks for the question!<br />

— March 1995, third paragraph corrected in May 1995<br />

—<br />

Correction:<br />

We have been made aware that the March 1995 <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong><br />

regarding the origin of the OA tools needs some clarification. In 1973, the<br />

first Tools of Recovery pamphlet featured six of the current eight tools:<br />

Abstinence, Sponsorship, Meetings, Literature, Telephone <strong>and</strong> Anonymity.<br />

In 1976, there was a second printing of the pamphlet, when Service was<br />

added as the seventh tool. In the 1981 version of the pamphlet, Writing<br />

appears for the first time as the eighth tool. Thanks to those who wrote.<br />

— May 1995<br />

TOOLS—PAMPHLET OUTDATED, REWRITTEN OR SHORTENED<br />

• A recent <strong>Ask</strong>-<strong>It</strong> <strong>Basket</strong> question in <strong>Lifeline</strong> dealt with a meeting<br />

using an older tools pamphlet. What if a group has knowingly<br />

chosen an outdated version or has rewritten the tool completely<br />

or shortened it substantially?<br />

<strong>Ask</strong> why the group or intergroup insists on using an outdated<br />

pamphlet. Then ask why they are altering the literature. OA’s eight tools<br />

of recovery are a plan of eating, sponsorship, meetings, the telephone,<br />

writing, literature, anonymity <strong>and</strong> service. Some groups add tools such as<br />

love, humor, etc. This is confusing for the newcomer. If the group insists<br />

on adding tools, then when the tools are read, a statement should be<br />

made indicating which are the actual OA tools. Using out-of-date<br />

pamphlets is not acceptable, <strong>and</strong> the group should dispose of its current<br />

stock. Group autonomy does not cover altering literature. Rewriting,<br />

shortening or otherwise altering OA Conference-approved literature<br />

affects other groups <strong>and</strong> OA as a whole.<br />

— January 1999<br />

TOOLS—USING OUTDATED PAMPHLET<br />

• How would you approach a meeting that is reading from the old<br />

“tools” pamphlet?<br />

121


A Board of Trustees member attended a meeting last summer<br />

where this occurred. At the appropriate time in the meeting, the trustee<br />

asked if the group knew that a new tools pamphlet had replaced the old<br />

one. The group did not know this. The group then placed this issue on its<br />

next steering committee agenda. The trustee attended the committee<br />

meeting <strong>and</strong> brought the new tools pamphlet. The committee voted to<br />

throw out the old one.<br />

Sometimes we just need to educate ourselves. If a group does not<br />

send a representative to intergroup, the message of what is new or<br />

changing in OA is not passed back to the group. Also, the WSO, through<br />

its mailings, informs groups about new <strong>and</strong> revised literature. To receive<br />

the mailings, the name <strong>and</strong> address of the group secretary must be<br />

current at WSO. If the group secretary has changed or has moved, the<br />

group should send the new name <strong>and</strong>/or address to the WSO as soon as<br />

possible. By keeping this information current, the group stays informed of<br />

OA literature <strong>and</strong> other news.<br />

— October 1998<br />

TRADITIONS—AND BYLAWS<br />

• Is it a break in Traditions to change Steps Three <strong>and</strong> Eleven<br />

when reading aloud? Rather than saying “Made a decision to turn<br />

our will <strong>and</strong> our lives over to the care of God as we understood<br />

Him,” we might change Step Three to read, “Made a decision to<br />

turn our will <strong>and</strong> our lives over to the care of God as we<br />

understood Her (or <strong>It</strong>)”? Is this a violation of Traditions Two, Four<br />

or Ten?<br />

Changing the Steps or Traditions in this way may seem minor, but<br />

it is changing them. Experience has shown that while minor changes may<br />

seem innocent, they could be taken as precedent <strong>and</strong> used as an excuse<br />

for other changes. The OA Inc. Bylaws, Subpart B, Article XIV, Section 1,<br />

items d <strong>and</strong> e, specify a procedure for making changes to the Twelve<br />

Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions. The need expressed by some to make<br />

changes in our own way <strong>and</strong> time appears to be disregarding the group<br />

conscience of OA as a whole.<br />

We find it wiser to leave things as they are <strong>and</strong> trust in the due<br />

process, which is set in the bylaws as determined by the World Service<br />

Business Conference, the group conscience of OA as a whole.<br />

— August 2003<br />

TRADITIONS—BREAKS OF DURING SHARES<br />

• Can you suggest a tactful way to h<strong>and</strong>le Tradition breaks during<br />

shares at meetings?<br />

122


When someone shares in a meeting, we underst<strong>and</strong> that what that<br />

person says is his or her current underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the program. <strong>It</strong> is not a<br />

definitive statement about OA’s Steps, Traditions or policies. As we grow<br />

in recovery, our underst<strong>and</strong>ing grows. <strong>It</strong> is important that this statement<br />

from the Suggested Meeting Format be read in meetings: “The opinions<br />

expressed here are those of individual OA members <strong>and</strong> do not represent<br />

OA as a whole.”<br />

People who make Tradition breaks usually are not yet familiar with<br />

the Traditions. They need education, not criticism. When a person breaks<br />

a Tradition during a share, usually it is best to let him or her continue<br />

speaking—however serious the Tradition break. Challenging the Tradition<br />

break in a meeting can lead to a heated discussion that can disrupt the<br />

meeting.<br />

Occasionally, a Tradition break can be addressed in a meeting by<br />

someone sharing a circumstance in which he or she upheld that Tradition,<br />

without noting the Tradition break that occurred. However, this requires<br />

great care or it can seem to become a criticism of the original share.<br />

When someone’s anonymity is broken, the rest of us in the group<br />

must not break the Tradition ourselves by repeating what we heard. An<br />

even tougher discipline is to not allow what we heard to influence the way<br />

we react to the person whose anonymity was broken.<br />

Consider two things we can do outside the meeting:<br />

Group Help—If Tradition breaks happen often or if people in the<br />

meeting are very upset by a Tradition break, it is probably best to call for<br />

a group conscience to discuss Tradition breaks in general. We can start<br />

the group conscience with a short workshop <strong>and</strong> discussion on the<br />

Traditions <strong>and</strong> their importance. <strong>It</strong> may help to read from Tradition Two in<br />

the OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve”: “Not all our group decisions will be wise <strong>and</strong><br />

practical. We do make mistakes sometimes <strong>and</strong> have to look for better<br />

answers to a problem. Another group conscience vote can be taken when<br />

something needs to be corrected” (p. 122).<br />

Individual Help—Someone (perhaps that person’s sponsor) can take<br />

the person breaking the Tradition out for coffee <strong>and</strong> talk about the<br />

Traditions, speaking not as a teacher, but in a way that enables the two<br />

members to feel equal. The person talking about the Traditions must be<br />

as free of self-will, pride <strong>and</strong> criticism of the other as possible. <strong>It</strong> helps to<br />

think of all the good things about the other <strong>and</strong> to mention these things if<br />

it seems appropriate, praying before attempting this.<br />

— March 2005<br />

TRADITIONS—PROTECTING<br />

• How do you protect the Traditions without becoming an OA cop?<br />

123


Most people do not knowingly violate the Traditions; they simply<br />

need to know more about how the Traditions came into being <strong>and</strong> what<br />

purposes they serve. Many groups conduct regular Tradition-study<br />

meetings on a monthly basis. These serve to inform all members of the<br />

group about the Traditions. The OA “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve” enumerates<br />

many examples of Traditions violations; studying <strong>and</strong> discussing the<br />

chapters help to alert members of the group to possible Traditions<br />

problems.<br />

Occasionally, individual members are called upon to address<br />

Traditions violations. <strong>It</strong> is entirely appropriate to approach a person after<br />

a meeting <strong>and</strong> suggest that his or her actions might not be in keeping<br />

with the Traditions <strong>and</strong> to ask the person to examine that possibility by<br />

reading the appropriate chapter in the “Twelve <strong>and</strong> Twelve.” <strong>It</strong> is our<br />

responsibility, both as individuals <strong>and</strong> as groups, to protect our<br />

Traditions.<br />

— October 1999<br />

TRADITIONS—TRADITION FOUR, AUTONOMY<br />

• Tradition Four says we are “autonomous except in matters<br />

affecting other groups or OA as a whole.” How do we decide if a<br />

matter affects other groups or OA as a whole?<br />

Remembering that the Traditions are simply that—traditions that<br />

have been developed out of our experience—<strong>and</strong> not rules, we should<br />

look at Tradition Four in conjunction with Traditions Two <strong>and</strong> Five.<br />

Tradition Five says that the primary purpose of an OA group is “to<br />

carry its message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers.” A group<br />

should consider whether any decision it makes will help or hinder it in<br />

carrying its message to the compulsive overeater who still suffers. When<br />

faced with this sole criterion, many apparently good ideas lose their sense<br />

of urgency!<br />

Tradition Two suggests that our ultimate authority is “a loving God<br />

as He may express himself in our group conscience.” Thus each group<br />

has to formulate its own group conscience, taking into account all<br />

opinions within the group as to whether a decision might be contrary to<br />

Tradition Four. Remember to listen most carefully to the opinions of those<br />

you disagree with, since they may be speaking great truths!<br />

The chapter on Tradition Four in The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve<br />

Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong> (pages 137-144) discusses this<br />

Tradition in detail <strong>and</strong> provides examples of matters that can affect other<br />

groups or OA as a whole. Generally these are actions by groups that<br />

involve either not adopting the Twelve Steps or Twelve Traditions or<br />

acting in a way that is contrary to one or more of the Traditions, such as<br />

limiting membership or the ability to share, accepting outside donations<br />

124


or promoting outside enterprises. The questions at the end of the<br />

discussion will help groups make a decision that might affect other groups<br />

or OA as a whole.<br />

— January 2005<br />

WAYS AND MEANS<br />

• What fundraising activities are consistent with OA Traditions? Is<br />

it all right for members of the Fellowship to sell items to<br />

nonmembers? May we sell items that are not related to the OA<br />

program to nonmembers?<br />

OA events such as marathons, retreats <strong>and</strong> workshops are excellent<br />

fundraisers. You can sell T-shirts, mugs <strong>and</strong> other items to members.<br />

However, we suggest that all sale items be approved by group conscience<br />

<strong>and</strong> that sales be conducted in a manner that will not divert attention<br />

from our primary purpose or endorse an outside enterprise.<br />

To answer the second question, we must keep in mind the Seventh<br />

Tradition: “Every OA group ought to be fully self-supporting, declining<br />

outside contributions.” Selling to non-OA members would be accepting<br />

outside contributions. For more information, see Fundraising <strong>and</strong> Prudent<br />

Reserve Guidelines for Groups <strong>and</strong> Intergroups, included in the OA<br />

Guidelines packet, <strong>and</strong> The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of<br />

<strong>Overeaters</strong> <strong>Anonymous</strong>.<br />

— November 2003<br />

WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)— SUMMARY<br />

AND DELEGATES USE OF<br />

• I like the WSO summary about WSBC. <strong>It</strong>’s helpful <strong>and</strong> timely,<br />

but doesn’t it let delegates off the hook for taking notes <strong>and</strong><br />

writing reports for their intergroups <strong>and</strong> groups?<br />

Each intergroup has bylaws, <strong>and</strong> many have Policy & Procedure<br />

Manuals. The job description for a world service delegate needs to be<br />

outlined so that the person in that service position knows his/her job. Part<br />

of the job is to give a written report to the intergroup. The intergroup can<br />

then dispense the information as it sees fit. The intergroup may put the<br />

information in its newsletter or in IG minutes, or use other means of<br />

distribution. This is being responsible. A report in one of the intergroup’s<br />

minutes regarding the 1997 WSBC was full of positive happenings at<br />

WSBC. All motions were spelled out, whether they passed or failed, <strong>and</strong><br />

the intergroup delegate stated his vote. The Final Conference Report from<br />

WSO does not come out until several months after the Conference.<br />

— May 1998<br />

125


WORLD SERVICE BUSINESS CONFERENCE (WSBC)—WHERE TO<br />

FIND REPORT<br />

• While our intergroup wanted to send a delegate to the World<br />

Service Conference, we were not in a financial position to do so.<br />

However, we are interested in the results of the meeting. Can you<br />

help?<br />

The current Final Conference Report, compiled each year after<br />

Conference, was mailed to all Conference delegates in September. The<br />

Final Conference Report contains the minutes of the business sessions;<br />

OA Bylaws as revised by the Conference; a roster of the Board of<br />

Trustees <strong>and</strong> Conference committee chairpersons; summaries of all<br />

committee meetings, workshops <strong>and</strong> presentations; <strong>and</strong> a list of<br />

Conference delegates. Delegates are urged to share their copy of the<br />

Final Conference Report with their intergroup.<br />

The report was also sent to all registered OA intergroups that did<br />

not send a delegate to the Conference. In addition, their intergroups<br />

received a set of the contents of the Conference binder, which includes<br />

the full agenda for the five-day business meeting <strong>and</strong> other information,<br />

material <strong>and</strong> publications.<br />

Additional copies of both the OA Bylaws Subpart B <strong>and</strong> the current<br />

Final Conference Report are available for $2 each on the literature order<br />

form.<br />

One final note: To raise the necessary funds to send a delegate to<br />

the World Service Conference each May, some intergroups schedule a<br />

variety of fundraising activities throughout the year, earmarking the<br />

proceeds for delegate expenses. Contact other intergroups <strong>and</strong> your<br />

region office for more information.<br />

— June 1992, reprinted from the WSO Notebook,<br />

November/December 1987<br />

WSO CORRESPONDENCE<br />

• How do we ensure that correspondence from the World Service<br />

Office, regions <strong>and</strong> other service bodies reaches all OA members?<br />

The World Service Office (WSO) <strong>and</strong> OA service bodies depend on<br />

OA members who assume service responsibilities to communicate<br />

information to groups. The WSO <strong>and</strong> the regions also depend on those<br />

giving service to communicate information to them. For example, the<br />

person who keeps meeting directories up to date is responsible for<br />

communicating correct mailing addresses for groups <strong>and</strong> intergroups to<br />

the WSO <strong>and</strong> regions. Group <strong>and</strong> intergroup secretaries are responsible<br />

for notifying groups of correspondence received. Group chairs are<br />

responsible for making certain that each group discusses the<br />

126


correspondence chairs receive <strong>and</strong> for making it available to each<br />

member.<br />

WSO <strong>and</strong> Region Mailings: When <strong>and</strong> Why<br />

When: The WSO sends material to each intergroup <strong>and</strong> service<br />

board seven times a year:<br />

In January, April, July <strong>and</strong> October, it sends general mailings, which<br />

can include meeting lists, literature catalogs, messages from the Board of<br />

Trustees <strong>and</strong> other material.<br />

In September, January <strong>and</strong> March, the WSO sends information<br />

about the World Service Business Conference (WSBC) held in April or<br />

May. In January, the WSO sends proposed motions for the next<br />

Conference. The intergroups <strong>and</strong> service boards vote to determine which<br />

motions should go to the WSBC. In March, WSO sends the voting results.<br />

In September, it sends the report from the previous Conference. Groups<br />

may also receive correspondence. Regions send newsletters <strong>and</strong> other<br />

correspondence to groups.<br />

Why: The WSO exists to serve the membership <strong>and</strong> implements<br />

decisions made by the Board of Trustees or the WSBC. <strong>It</strong> keeps our<br />

meeting directory <strong>and</strong> Web site current, produces (but doesn’t write) our<br />

literature, responds to media inquiries <strong>and</strong> provides a link among OA<br />

groups <strong>and</strong> members who need information or help. The WSBC elects the<br />

Board of Trustees, whose purpose is also to serve the membership.<br />

The correspondence sent by regions <strong>and</strong> the WSO doesn’t set rules<br />

that members or groups should obey. <strong>It</strong> is simply part of an ongoing<br />

discussion among OA members. Sometimes the correspondence reflects<br />

the group conscience of OA as a whole through resolutions from the<br />

WSBC. These are important for OA members to read <strong>and</strong> discuss because<br />

they affect the ability of OA as a whole to carry the message to<br />

compulsive overeaters who still suffer. Tradition Five says that each<br />

group’s primary purpose is to carry the message.<br />

Tradition Two makes clear that no person is in charge of another<br />

person in OA; the only authority is “a loving God as he may express<br />

himself in our group conscience.”<br />

Our Twelfth Step says we must try to carry our message to the<br />

compulsive overeater. OA as a whole exists to do that job as well as<br />

possible. Correspondence from the WSO <strong>and</strong> the regions helps us carry<br />

our message. Let’s all make sure it is read <strong>and</strong> discussed.<br />

— March 2003<br />

YOUNG PEOPLE<br />

• I started eating compulsively as a young teen but didn’t find OA<br />

until fifteen years later. How can I spread the message of OA<br />

127


ecovery to young compulsive overeaters in my area? I don’t want<br />

them to suffer as I did.<br />

Many OA members began having problems with food when very<br />

young. Forty-five percent were under twelve; 18 percent were between<br />

twelve <strong>and</strong> seventeen. 1 Among the many things you can do to reach<br />

young people are:<br />

Publicize <strong>and</strong> start a young people’s meeting in your area. For<br />

assistance, refer to our Young People’s Meeting Kit, the Young People’s<br />

Meeting Format <strong>and</strong> the Teen Meeting audiocassette. If you establish or<br />

change a young people’s meeting, notify the World Service Young<br />

People’s Committee (in care of the World Service Office). The committee<br />

maintains a list of all young people’s meetings.<br />

Photocopy “One Day the Young People’s Way” 2 OA’s young people’s<br />

newsletter, <strong>and</strong> distribute it at your meetings <strong>and</strong> to interested young<br />

people. The newsletter is a forum for young people’s recovery <strong>and</strong><br />

creativity.<br />

Spread the word about OA’s young people’s pen-pal program.<br />

Members under age 25 can register for the program by returning the<br />

form on page 24. This program is especially helpful in areas where young<br />

people’s meetings are scarce <strong>and</strong> transportation to meetings is difficult.<br />

Pen pals automatically receive a subscription to “One Day the Young<br />

People’s Way” [no longer available].<br />

Start a Young People’s Committee at your intergroup level.<br />

Establish a young people’s corner in your intergroup <strong>and</strong> region<br />

newsletters.<br />

Have meetings <strong>and</strong> fellowship for young people at intergroup <strong>and</strong><br />

region events.<br />

Offer free literature to young people at meetings. <strong>It</strong>ems to have on<br />

h<strong>and</strong> include The Twelve Steps <strong>and</strong> Twelve Traditions of <strong>Overeaters</strong><br />

<strong>Anonymous</strong>: A Kid’s View, Billy’s Story, [no longer available] <strong>and</strong> To the<br />

Teen (brochure <strong>and</strong> checklist).<br />

Offer a “taxi service” for young people who can’t get transportation<br />

to meetings.<br />

Leave OA meeting lists <strong>and</strong> literature (with permission) at doctors’<br />

<strong>and</strong> pediatricians’ offices. The new flyer, “To Parents <strong>and</strong> Concerned<br />

Adults,” poses questions that could help these individuals detect whether<br />

a teen has problems with food.<br />

Donate books/pamphlets to school libraries.<br />

Participate in school <strong>and</strong> shopping-mall health fairs.<br />

Arrange talks for local high school students.<br />

Arrange for showing of OA films at PTA meetings.<br />

1. According to the 1992 OA membership survey analyzed by the Gallup Organization.<br />

2. Formerly called “A New Life.”<br />

128


Hold in-service meetings with school guidance counselors <strong>and</strong><br />

school nurses.<br />

List meetings in school newspapers.<br />

Place public service announcements (PSAs) on cable TV channels<br />

frequently watched by young people.<br />

For other helpful outreach information, consult the Public<br />

Information Service Manual <strong>and</strong> the Hospitals, Institutions, <strong>and</strong><br />

Professionals Service Manual.<br />

129

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!